]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
1 | \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- | |
2 | @comment %**start of header | |
3 | @setfilename bison.info | |
4 | @include version.texi | |
5 | @settitle Bison @value{VERSION} | |
6 | @setchapternewpage odd | |
7 | ||
8 | @finalout | |
9 | ||
10 | @c SMALL BOOK version | |
11 | @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in | |
12 | @c the smallbook format. | |
13 | @c @smallbook | |
14 | ||
15 | @c Set following if you have the new `shorttitlepage' command | |
16 | @c @clear shorttitlepage-enabled | |
17 | @c @set shorttitlepage-enabled | |
18 | ||
19 | @c ISPELL CHECK: done, 14 Jan 1993 --bob | |
20 | ||
21 | @c Check COPYRIGHT dates. should be updated in the titlepage, ifinfo | |
22 | @c titlepage; should NOT be changed in the GPL. --mew | |
23 | ||
24 | @c FIXME: I don't understand this `iftex'. Obsolete? --akim. | |
25 | @iftex | |
26 | @syncodeindex fn cp | |
27 | @syncodeindex vr cp | |
28 | @syncodeindex tp cp | |
29 | @end iftex | |
30 | @ifinfo | |
31 | @synindex fn cp | |
32 | @synindex vr cp | |
33 | @synindex tp cp | |
34 | @end ifinfo | |
35 | @comment %**end of header | |
36 | ||
37 | @copying | |
38 | ||
39 | This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION}, | |
40 | @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator. | |
41 | ||
42 | Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998, | |
43 | 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | |
44 | ||
45 | @quotation | |
46 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | |
47 | under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License, | |
48 | Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software | |
49 | Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts | |
50 | being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in | |
51 | (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled | |
52 | ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.'' | |
53 | ||
54 | (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy | |
55 | and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software. | |
56 | Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for | |
57 | @acronym{GNU} development.'' | |
58 | @end quotation | |
59 | @end copying | |
60 | ||
61 | @dircategory GNU programming tools | |
62 | @direntry | |
63 | * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement). | |
64 | @end direntry | |
65 | ||
66 | @ifset shorttitlepage-enabled | |
67 | @shorttitlepage Bison | |
68 | @end ifset | |
69 | @titlepage | |
70 | @title Bison | |
71 | @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator | |
72 | @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION} | |
73 | ||
74 | @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman | |
75 | ||
76 | @page | |
77 | @vskip 0pt plus 1filll | |
78 | @insertcopying | |
79 | @sp 2 | |
80 | Published by the Free Software Foundation @* | |
81 | 59 Temple Place, Suite 330 @* | |
82 | Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA @* | |
83 | Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@* | |
84 | @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2 | |
85 | @sp 2 | |
86 | Cover art by Etienne Suvasa. | |
87 | @end titlepage | |
88 | ||
89 | @contents | |
90 | ||
91 | @ifnottex | |
92 | @node Top | |
93 | @top Bison | |
94 | @insertcopying | |
95 | @end ifnottex | |
96 | ||
97 | @menu | |
98 | * Introduction:: | |
99 | * Conditions:: | |
100 | * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says | |
101 | how you can copy and share Bison | |
102 | ||
103 | Tutorial sections: | |
104 | * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison. | |
105 | * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison. | |
106 | ||
107 | Reference sections: | |
108 | * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules. | |
109 | * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}. | |
110 | * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time. | |
111 | * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery. | |
112 | * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too | |
113 | messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly. | |
114 | * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers. | |
115 | * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file). | |
116 | * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained. | |
117 | * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained. | |
118 | * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions | |
119 | * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual. | |
120 | * Index:: Cross-references to the text. | |
121 | ||
122 | @detailmenu --- The Detailed Node Listing --- | |
123 | ||
124 | The Concepts of Bison | |
125 | ||
126 | * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars, | |
127 | as mathematical ideas. | |
128 | * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake. | |
129 | * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have | |
130 | a semantic value (the value of an integer, | |
131 | the name of an identifier, etc.). | |
132 | * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code. | |
133 | * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output, | |
134 | how is the output used? | |
135 | * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars. | |
136 | * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file. | |
137 | ||
138 | Examples | |
139 | ||
140 | * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator; | |
141 | a first example with no operator precedence. | |
142 | * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator. | |
143 | Operator precedence is introduced. | |
144 | * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors. | |
145 | * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$. | |
146 | * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions. | |
147 | It uses multiple data-types for semantic values. | |
148 | * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator. | |
149 | ||
150 | Reverse Polish Notation Calculator | |
151 | ||
152 | * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc. | |
153 | * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation. | |
154 | * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer. | |
155 | * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function. | |
156 | * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function. | |
157 | * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file. | |
158 | * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code. | |
159 | ||
160 | Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc} | |
161 | ||
162 | * Rpcalc Input:: | |
163 | * Rpcalc Line:: | |
164 | * Rpcalc Expr:: | |
165 | ||
166 | Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc} | |
167 | ||
168 | * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc. | |
169 | * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations. | |
170 | * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer. | |
171 | ||
172 | Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc} | |
173 | ||
174 | * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator. | |
175 | * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator. | |
176 | * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines. | |
177 | ||
178 | Bison Grammar Files | |
179 | ||
180 | * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file. | |
181 | * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols. | |
182 | * Rules:: How to write grammar rules. | |
183 | * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules. | |
184 | * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions. | |
185 | * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here. | |
186 | * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program. | |
187 | ||
188 | Outline of a Bison Grammar | |
189 | ||
190 | * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue (declarations section). | |
191 | * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section. | |
192 | * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section. | |
193 | * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue (additional code section). | |
194 | ||
195 | Defining Language Semantics | |
196 | ||
197 | * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values. | |
198 | * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types. | |
199 | * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule. | |
200 | * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on. | |
201 | * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule. | |
202 | This says when, why and how to use the exceptional | |
203 | action in the middle of a rule. | |
204 | ||
205 | Bison Declarations | |
206 | ||
207 | * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols. | |
208 | * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity. | |
209 | * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types. | |
210 | * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol. | |
211 | * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about shift/reduce conflicts. | |
212 | * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol. | |
213 | * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser. | |
214 | * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations. | |
215 | ||
216 | Parser C-Language Interface | |
217 | ||
218 | * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns. | |
219 | * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex} | |
220 | which reads tokens. | |
221 | * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}. | |
222 | * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions. | |
223 | ||
224 | The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex} | |
225 | ||
226 | * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}. | |
227 | * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value | |
228 | of the token it has read. | |
229 | * Token Positions:: How @code{yylex} must return the text position | |
230 | (line number, etc.) of the token, if the | |
231 | actions want that. | |
232 | * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs | |
233 | in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}). | |
234 | ||
235 | The Bison Parser Algorithm | |
236 | ||
237 | * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do. | |
238 | * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid. | |
239 | * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts. | |
240 | * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context. | |
241 | * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack. | |
242 | * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation. | |
243 | * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified. | |
244 | * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars. | |
245 | * Stack Overflow:: What happens when stack gets full. How to avoid it. | |
246 | ||
247 | Operator Precedence | |
248 | ||
249 | * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed. | |
250 | * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars. | |
251 | * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example. | |
252 | * How Precedence:: How they work. | |
253 | ||
254 | Handling Context Dependencies | |
255 | ||
256 | * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context. | |
257 | * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context. | |
258 | * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how | |
259 | error recovery rules must be written. | |
260 | ||
261 | Understanding or Debugging Your Parser | |
262 | ||
263 | * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser. | |
264 | * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser. | |
265 | ||
266 | Invoking Bison | |
267 | ||
268 | * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail, | |
269 | in alphabetical order by short options. | |
270 | * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options. | |
271 | * VMS Invocation:: Bison command syntax on @acronym{VMS}. | |
272 | ||
273 | Frequently Asked Questions | |
274 | ||
275 | * Parser Stack Overflow:: Breaking the Stack Limits | |
276 | ||
277 | Copying This Manual | |
278 | ||
279 | * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual. | |
280 | ||
281 | @end detailmenu | |
282 | @end menu | |
283 | ||
284 | @node Introduction | |
285 | @unnumbered Introduction | |
286 | @cindex introduction | |
287 | ||
288 | @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts a | |
289 | grammar description for an @acronym{LALR}(1) context-free grammar into a C | |
290 | program to parse that grammar. Once you are proficient with Bison, | |
291 | you may use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those | |
292 | used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages. | |
293 | ||
294 | Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars | |
295 | ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc | |
296 | should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in | |
297 | C programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual. | |
298 | ||
299 | We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using | |
300 | Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you | |
301 | don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference | |
302 | chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail. | |
303 | ||
304 | Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it | |
305 | Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added | |
306 | multi-character string literals and other features. | |
307 | ||
308 | This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison. | |
309 | ||
310 | @node Conditions | |
311 | @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison | |
312 | ||
313 | As of Bison version 1.24, we have changed the distribution terms for | |
314 | @code{yyparse} to permit using Bison's output in nonfree programs when | |
315 | Bison is generating C code for @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. Formerly, these | |
316 | parsers could be used only in programs that were free software. | |
317 | ||
318 | The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C | |
319 | compiler, have never | |
320 | had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree | |
321 | software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special | |
322 | policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public | |
323 | License to all of the Bison source code. | |
324 | ||
325 | The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a | |
326 | verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the | |
327 | @code{yyparse} function. (The actions from your grammar are inserted | |
328 | into this function at one point, but the rest of the function is not | |
329 | changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL} terms to the code for | |
330 | @code{yyparse}, | |
331 | the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software. | |
332 | ||
333 | We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to | |
334 | make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we | |
335 | concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to | |
336 | encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the | |
337 | practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for | |
338 | using the other @acronym{GNU} tools. | |
339 | ||
340 | This exception applies only when Bison is generating C code for a | |
341 | @acronym{LALR}(1) parser; otherwise, the @acronym{GPL} terms operate | |
342 | as usual. You can | |
343 | tell whether the exception applies to your @samp{.c} output file by | |
344 | inspecting it to see whether it says ``As a special exception, when | |
345 | this file is copied by Bison into a Bison output file, you may use | |
346 | that output file without restriction.'' | |
347 | ||
348 | @include gpl.texi | |
349 | ||
350 | @node Concepts | |
351 | @chapter The Concepts of Bison | |
352 | ||
353 | This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the | |
354 | details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to | |
355 | use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully. | |
356 | ||
357 | @menu | |
358 | * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars, | |
359 | as mathematical ideas. | |
360 | * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake. | |
361 | * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have | |
362 | a semantic value (the value of an integer, | |
363 | the name of an identifier, etc.). | |
364 | * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code. | |
365 | * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages | |
366 | * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations. | |
367 | * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output, | |
368 | how is the output used? | |
369 | * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars. | |
370 | * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file. | |
371 | @end menu | |
372 | ||
373 | @node Language and Grammar | |
374 | @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars | |
375 | ||
376 | @cindex context-free grammar | |
377 | @cindex grammar, context-free | |
378 | In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a | |
379 | @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more | |
380 | @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their | |
381 | parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an | |
382 | `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression | |
383 | can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be, | |
384 | ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often | |
385 | recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the | |
386 | recursion. | |
387 | ||
388 | @cindex @acronym{BNF} | |
389 | @cindex Backus-Naur form | |
390 | The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read | |
391 | is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in | |
392 | order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in | |
393 | @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is | |
394 | essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}. | |
395 | ||
396 | @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars | |
397 | @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars | |
398 | There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it | |
399 | can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what | |
400 | are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars. | |
401 | In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to | |
402 | tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single | |
403 | token of look-ahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an | |
404 | @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional | |
405 | restrictions that are | |
406 | hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an | |
407 | @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1). | |
408 | @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for | |
409 | more information on this. | |
410 | ||
411 | @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing | |
412 | @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing | |
413 | @cindex ambiguous grammars | |
414 | @cindex non-deterministic parsing | |
415 | Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, | |
416 | meaning roughly that | |
417 | the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is uniquely | |
418 | determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion (called | |
419 | a @dfn{look-ahead}) of the remaining input. | |
420 | A context-free grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that | |
421 | there are multiple ways to apply the grammar rules to get the some inputs. | |
422 | Even unambiguous grammars can be @dfn{non-deterministic}, meaning that no | |
423 | fixed look-ahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply. | |
424 | With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more general | |
425 | context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR} parsing (for | |
426 | Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers are able to | |
427 | handle any context-free | |
428 | grammar for which the number of possible parses of any given string | |
429 | is finite. | |
430 | ||
431 | @cindex symbols (abstract) | |
432 | @cindex token | |
433 | @cindex syntactic grouping | |
434 | @cindex grouping, syntactic | |
435 | In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic unit | |
436 | or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by grouping | |
437 | smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called | |
438 | @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called | |
439 | @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input | |
440 | corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece | |
441 | corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}. | |
442 | ||
443 | We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and | |
444 | nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric and | |
445 | string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and punctuation | |
446 | marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include `identifier', | |
447 | `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword, operator or | |
448 | punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int', `char', | |
449 | `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more. (These | |
450 | tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of | |
451 | lexicography, not grammar.) | |
452 | ||
453 | Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens: | |
454 | ||
455 | @ifinfo | |
456 | @example | |
457 | int /* @r{keyword `int'} */ | |
458 | square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, identifier,} | |
459 | @r{identifier, close-paren} */ | |
460 | @{ /* @r{open-brace} */ | |
461 | return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, | |
462 | identifier, semicolon} */ | |
463 | @} /* @r{close-brace} */ | |
464 | @end example | |
465 | @end ifinfo | |
466 | @ifnotinfo | |
467 | @example | |
468 | int /* @r{keyword `int'} */ | |
469 | square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, identifier, identifier, close-paren} */ | |
470 | @{ /* @r{open-brace} */ | |
471 | return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */ | |
472 | @} /* @r{close-brace} */ | |
473 | @end example | |
474 | @end ifnotinfo | |
475 | ||
476 | The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the | |
477 | declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the | |
478 | grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement', | |
479 | `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of | |
480 | additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in | |
481 | order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a | |
482 | function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In | |
483 | the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}. | |
484 | ||
485 | Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made | |
486 | out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the | |
487 | @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which | |
488 | reads informally as follows: | |
489 | ||
490 | @quotation | |
491 | A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a | |
492 | `semicolon'. | |
493 | @end quotation | |
494 | ||
495 | @noindent | |
496 | There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of | |
497 | statement in C. | |
498 | ||
499 | @cindex start symbol | |
500 | One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which | |
501 | defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start | |
502 | symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C | |
503 | language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations' | |
504 | plays this role. | |
505 | ||
506 | For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C | |
507 | program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the | |
508 | context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is | |
509 | not the start symbol. | |
510 | ||
511 | The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the | |
512 | tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is | |
513 | that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is | |
514 | the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input | |
515 | must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser | |
516 | reports a syntax error. | |
517 | ||
518 | @node Grammar in Bison | |
519 | @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input | |
520 | @cindex Bison grammar | |
521 | @cindex grammar, Bison | |
522 | @cindex formal grammar | |
523 | ||
524 | A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language | |
525 | for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax: | |
526 | a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}. | |
527 | ||
528 | A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input | |
529 | as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be | |
530 | in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}. | |
531 | ||
532 | The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token | |
533 | type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By | |
534 | convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from | |
535 | nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or | |
536 | @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in | |
537 | the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case. | |
538 | The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery. | |
539 | @xref{Symbols}. | |
540 | ||
541 | A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like | |
542 | a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a | |
543 | single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in | |
544 | a literal as the terminal symbol for that token. | |
545 | ||
546 | A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant | |
547 | containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information. | |
548 | ||
549 | The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example, | |
550 | here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in | |
551 | quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for | |
552 | the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation | |
553 | used in every rule. | |
554 | ||
555 | @example | |
556 | stmt: RETURN expr ';' | |
557 | ; | |
558 | @end example | |
559 | ||
560 | @noindent | |
561 | @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}. | |
562 | ||
563 | @node Semantic Values | |
564 | @section Semantic Values | |
565 | @cindex semantic value | |
566 | @cindex value, semantic | |
567 | ||
568 | A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example, | |
569 | if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that | |
570 | @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The | |
571 | precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if | |
572 | @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally | |
573 | grammatical. | |
574 | ||
575 | But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is | |
576 | parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and | |
577 | 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar | |
578 | has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics, | |
579 | ,Defining Language Semantics}, | |
580 | for details. | |
581 | ||
582 | The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as | |
583 | @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything | |
584 | you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to | |
585 | group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens | |
586 | except their types. | |
587 | ||
588 | The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the | |
589 | meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an | |
590 | identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't | |
591 | need to have any semantic value.) | |
592 | ||
593 | For example, an input token might be classified as token type | |
594 | @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might | |
595 | have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar | |
596 | rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is | |
597 | acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the | |
598 | token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value. | |
599 | ||
600 | Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal | |
601 | symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a | |
602 | semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming | |
603 | language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree | |
604 | structure describing the meaning of the expression. | |
605 | ||
606 | @node Semantic Actions | |
607 | @section Semantic Actions | |
608 | @cindex semantic actions | |
609 | @cindex actions, semantic | |
610 | ||
611 | In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must | |
612 | also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar | |
613 | rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the | |
614 | parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed. | |
615 | @xref{Actions}. | |
616 | ||
617 | Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value | |
618 | of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example, | |
619 | suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two | |
620 | expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the | |
621 | subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up. | |
622 | The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the | |
623 | newly recognized larger expression. | |
624 | ||
625 | For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of | |
626 | two subexpressions: | |
627 | ||
628 | @example | |
629 | expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @} | |
630 | ; | |
631 | @end example | |
632 | ||
633 | @noindent | |
634 | The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression | |
635 | from the values of the two subexpressions. | |
636 | ||
637 | @node GLR Parsers | |
638 | @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers | |
639 | @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing | |
640 | @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing | |
641 | @findex %glr-parser | |
642 | @cindex conflicts | |
643 | @cindex shift/reduce conflicts | |
644 | ||
645 | In some grammars, there will be cases where Bison's standard @acronym{LALR}(1) | |
646 | parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a certain grammar rule | |
647 | at a given point. That is, it may not be able to decide (on the basis | |
648 | of the input read so far) which of two possible reductions (applications | |
649 | of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply a reduction or read more | |
650 | of the input and apply a reduction later in the input. These are known | |
651 | respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), | |
652 | and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}). | |
653 | ||
654 | To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a more | |
655 | general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include | |
656 | @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file | |
657 | (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result will be a Generalized | |
658 | @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) | |
659 | parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that contain no unresolved | |
660 | conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence declarations) identically to | |
661 | @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when faced with unresolved | |
662 | shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts, @acronym{GLR} parsers use | |
663 | the simple expedient of doing | |
664 | both, effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each | |
665 | of the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, | |
666 | there can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers | |
667 | proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input | |
668 | symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned | |
669 | parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into | |
670 | a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with | |
671 | another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an | |
672 | identical set of symbols. | |
673 | ||
674 | During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are | |
675 | recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded | |
676 | semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a | |
677 | reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison | |
678 | records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers | |
679 | merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the | |
680 | outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules | |
681 | involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated | |
682 | user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary | |
683 | merged result. | |
684 | ||
685 | Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from C++. | |
686 | ||
687 | @example | |
688 | %@{ | |
689 | #define YYSTYPE const char* | |
690 | %@} | |
691 | ||
692 | %token TYPENAME ID | |
693 | ||
694 | %right '=' | |
695 | %left '+' | |
696 | ||
697 | %glr-parser | |
698 | ||
699 | %% | |
700 | ||
701 | prog : | |
702 | | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @} | |
703 | ; | |
704 | ||
705 | stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1 | |
706 | | decl %dprec 2 | |
707 | ; | |
708 | ||
709 | expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @} | |
710 | | TYPENAME '(' expr ')' | |
711 | @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @} | |
712 | | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @} | |
713 | | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @} | |
714 | ; | |
715 | ||
716 | decl : TYPENAME declarator ';' | |
717 | @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @} | |
718 | | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';' | |
719 | @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @} | |
720 | ; | |
721 | ||
722 | declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @} | |
723 | | '(' declarator ')' | |
724 | ; | |
725 | @end example | |
726 | ||
727 | @noindent | |
728 | This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between | |
729 | certain declarations and statements. For example, | |
730 | ||
731 | @example | |
732 | T (x) = y+z; | |
733 | @end example | |
734 | ||
735 | @noindent | |
736 | parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt} | |
737 | (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and | |
738 | @samp{x} as an @code{ID}). | |
739 | Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules | |
740 | @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the | |
741 | time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. The two @code{%dprec} | |
742 | declarations, however, give precedence to interpreting the example as a | |
743 | @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator. | |
744 | The parser therefore prints | |
745 | ||
746 | @example | |
747 | "x" y z + T <init-declare> | |
748 | @end example | |
749 | ||
750 | Consider a different input string for this parser: | |
751 | ||
752 | @example | |
753 | T (x) + y; | |
754 | @end example | |
755 | ||
756 | @noindent | |
757 | Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration). | |
758 | However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not | |
759 | have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again, | |
760 | between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this | |
761 | case, no precedence declaration is used. Instead, the parser splits | |
762 | into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other | |
763 | assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers | |
764 | then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints | |
765 | ||
766 | @example | |
767 | x T <cast> y + | |
768 | @end example | |
769 | ||
770 | Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all | |
771 | the possibilities. For this purpose, we must @dfn{merge} the semantic | |
772 | actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the | |
773 | other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as | |
774 | follows: | |
775 | ||
776 | @example | |
777 | stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge> | |
778 | | decl %merge <stmtMerge> | |
779 | ; | |
780 | @end example | |
781 | ||
782 | @noindent | |
783 | ||
784 | and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as: | |
785 | ||
786 | @example | |
787 | static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1) | |
788 | @{ | |
789 | printf ("<OR> "); | |
790 | return ""; | |
791 | @} | |
792 | @end example | |
793 | ||
794 | @noindent | |
795 | with an accompanying forward declaration | |
796 | in the C declarations at the beginning of the file: | |
797 | ||
798 | @example | |
799 | %@{ | |
800 | #define YYSTYPE const char* | |
801 | static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1); | |
802 | %@} | |
803 | @end example | |
804 | ||
805 | @noindent | |
806 | With these declarations, the resulting parser will parse the first example | |
807 | as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and print | |
808 | ||
809 | @example | |
810 | "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR> | |
811 | @end example | |
812 | ||
813 | ||
814 | @node Locations Overview | |
815 | @section Locations | |
816 | @cindex location | |
817 | @cindex textual position | |
818 | @cindex position, textual | |
819 | ||
820 | Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose | |
821 | and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of | |
822 | the @dfn{textual position}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct. | |
823 | Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations. | |
824 | ||
825 | Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an | |
826 | associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and | |
827 | groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data | |
828 | structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details). | |
829 | ||
830 | Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated | |
831 | set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping | |
832 | is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and | |
833 | @code{@@3}. | |
834 | ||
835 | When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value | |
836 | of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default | |
837 | action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general | |
838 | enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each | |
839 | rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given | |
840 | grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning | |
841 | of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol. | |
842 | ||
843 | @node Bison Parser | |
844 | @section Bison Output: the Parser File | |
845 | @cindex Bison parser | |
846 | @cindex Bison utility | |
847 | @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose | |
848 | @cindex parser | |
849 | ||
850 | When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output | |
851 | is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar. | |
852 | This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison | |
853 | utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility | |
854 | is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your | |
855 | program. | |
856 | ||
857 | The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to | |
858 | the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into | |
859 | expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it | |
860 | uses. | |
861 | ||
862 | The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that | |
863 | you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison | |
864 | parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It | |
865 | doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values | |
866 | may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by | |
867 | parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this. | |
868 | @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}. | |
869 | ||
870 | The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named | |
871 | @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make | |
872 | a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is | |
873 | the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the | |
874 | parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must | |
875 | start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and | |
876 | arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run. | |
877 | @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}. | |
878 | ||
879 | Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you | |
880 | write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself | |
881 | begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions | |
882 | such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting | |
883 | function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself. | |
884 | This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes. | |
885 | Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy} | |
886 | or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in | |
887 | this manual. | |
888 | ||
889 | In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in | |
890 | those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those | |
891 | headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, | |
892 | @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to | |
893 | declare memory allocators and related types. Other system headers may | |
894 | be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value | |
895 | (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}). | |
896 | ||
897 | @node Stages | |
898 | @section Stages in Using Bison | |
899 | @cindex stages in using Bison | |
900 | @cindex using Bison | |
901 | ||
902 | The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification | |
903 | to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts: | |
904 | ||
905 | @enumerate | |
906 | @item | |
907 | Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison | |
908 | (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule | |
909 | in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an | |
910 | instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a | |
911 | sequence of C statements. | |
912 | ||
913 | @item | |
914 | Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser. | |
915 | The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The | |
916 | Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced | |
917 | using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual. | |
918 | ||
919 | @item | |
920 | Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser. | |
921 | ||
922 | @item | |
923 | Write error-reporting routines. | |
924 | @end enumerate | |
925 | ||
926 | To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you | |
927 | must follow these steps: | |
928 | ||
929 | @enumerate | |
930 | @item | |
931 | Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser. | |
932 | ||
933 | @item | |
934 | Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files. | |
935 | ||
936 | @item | |
937 | Link the object files to produce the finished product. | |
938 | @end enumerate | |
939 | ||
940 | @node Grammar Layout | |
941 | @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar | |
942 | @cindex grammar file | |
943 | @cindex file format | |
944 | @cindex format of grammar file | |
945 | @cindex layout of Bison grammar | |
946 | ||
947 | The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The | |
948 | general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows: | |
949 | ||
950 | @example | |
951 | %@{ | |
952 | @var{Prologue} | |
953 | %@} | |
954 | ||
955 | @var{Bison declarations} | |
956 | ||
957 | %% | |
958 | @var{Grammar rules} | |
959 | %% | |
960 | @var{Epilogue} | |
961 | @end example | |
962 | ||
963 | @noindent | |
964 | The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears | |
965 | in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections. | |
966 | ||
967 | The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can | |
968 | also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use | |
969 | @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things. | |
970 | ||
971 | The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal | |
972 | symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of | |
973 | semantic values of various symbols. | |
974 | ||
975 | The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its | |
976 | parts. | |
977 | ||
978 | The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the definition of | |
979 | the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} goes here, plus subroutines called by the | |
980 | actions in the grammar rules. In a simple program, all the rest of the | |
981 | program can go here. | |
982 | ||
983 | @node Examples | |
984 | @chapter Examples | |
985 | @cindex simple examples | |
986 | @cindex examples, simple | |
987 | ||
988 | Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a | |
989 | reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation | |
990 | calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested | |
991 | under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive | |
992 | desk-top calculator. | |
993 | ||
994 | These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming | |
995 | languages are written the same way. | |
996 | @ifinfo | |
997 | You can copy these examples out of the Info file and into a source file | |
998 | to try them. | |
999 | @end ifinfo | |
1000 | ||
1001 | @menu | |
1002 | * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator; | |
1003 | a first example with no operator precedence. | |
1004 | * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator. | |
1005 | Operator precedence is introduced. | |
1006 | * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors. | |
1007 | * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$. | |
1008 | * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions. | |
1009 | It uses multiple data-types for semantic values. | |
1010 | * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator. | |
1011 | @end menu | |
1012 | ||
1013 | @node RPN Calc | |
1014 | @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator | |
1015 | @cindex reverse polish notation | |
1016 | @cindex polish notation calculator | |
1017 | @cindex @code{rpcalc} | |
1018 | @cindex calculator, simple | |
1019 | ||
1020 | The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish | |
1021 | notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example | |
1022 | provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue. | |
1023 | The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled. | |
1024 | ||
1025 | The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The | |
1026 | @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files. | |
1027 | ||
1028 | @menu | |
1029 | * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc. | |
1030 | * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation. | |
1031 | * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer. | |
1032 | * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function. | |
1033 | * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function. | |
1034 | * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file. | |
1035 | * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code. | |
1036 | @end menu | |
1037 | ||
1038 | @node Rpcalc Decls | |
1039 | @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc} | |
1040 | ||
1041 | Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation | |
1042 | calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}. | |
1043 | ||
1044 | @example | |
1045 | /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */ | |
1046 | ||
1047 | %@{ | |
1048 | #define YYSTYPE double | |
1049 | #include <math.h> | |
1050 | %@} | |
1051 | ||
1052 | %token NUM | |
1053 | ||
1054 | %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */ | |
1055 | @end example | |
1056 | ||
1057 | The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two | |
1058 | preprocessor directives. | |
1059 | ||
1060 | The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus | |
1061 | specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and | |
1062 | groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The | |
1063 | Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you | |
1064 | don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify | |
1065 | @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value, | |
1066 | which is a floating point number. | |
1067 | ||
1068 | The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation | |
1069 | function @code{pow}. | |
1070 | ||
1071 | The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison | |
1072 | about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison | |
1073 | Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a | |
1074 | single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character | |
1075 | literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the | |
1076 | arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the | |
1077 | only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token | |
1078 | type for numeric constants. | |
1079 | ||
1080 | @node Rpcalc Rules | |
1081 | @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc} | |
1082 | ||
1083 | Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator. | |
1084 | ||
1085 | @example | |
1086 | input: /* empty */ | |
1087 | | input line | |
1088 | ; | |
1089 | ||
1090 | line: '\n' | |
1091 | | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @} | |
1092 | ; | |
1093 | ||
1094 | exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @} | |
1095 | | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} | |
1096 | | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} | |
1097 | | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @} | |
1098 | | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @} | |
1099 | /* Exponentiation */ | |
1100 | | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @} | |
1101 | /* Unary minus */ | |
1102 | | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @} | |
1103 | ; | |
1104 | %% | |
1105 | @end example | |
1106 | ||
1107 | The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression | |
1108 | (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the | |
1109 | complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal | |
1110 | symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the @samp{|} punctuator | |
1111 | which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules | |
1112 | mean. | |
1113 | ||
1114 | The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a | |
1115 | grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside | |
1116 | braces. @xref{Actions}. | |
1117 | ||
1118 | You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for | |
1119 | passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the | |
1120 | pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping | |
1121 | that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the | |
1122 | main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the | |
1123 | rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on. | |
1124 | ||
1125 | @menu | |
1126 | * Rpcalc Input:: | |
1127 | * Rpcalc Line:: | |
1128 | * Rpcalc Expr:: | |
1129 | @end menu | |
1130 | ||
1131 | @node Rpcalc Input | |
1132 | @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input} | |
1133 | ||
1134 | Consider the definition of @code{input}: | |
1135 | ||
1136 | @example | |
1137 | input: /* empty */ | |
1138 | | input line | |
1139 | ; | |
1140 | @end example | |
1141 | ||
1142 | This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty | |
1143 | string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that | |
1144 | ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said | |
1145 | to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the | |
1146 | leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}. | |
1147 | ||
1148 | The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the | |
1149 | colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an | |
1150 | empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it | |
1151 | is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator. | |
1152 | It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment | |
1153 | @samp{/* empty */} in it. | |
1154 | ||
1155 | The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input. | |
1156 | It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if | |
1157 | possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the | |
1158 | first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or | |
1159 | more times. | |
1160 | ||
1161 | The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a | |
1162 | grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more | |
1163 | input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input. | |
1164 | ||
1165 | @node Rpcalc Line | |
1166 | @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line} | |
1167 | ||
1168 | Now consider the definition of @code{line}: | |
1169 | ||
1170 | @example | |
1171 | line: '\n' | |
1172 | | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @} | |
1173 | ; | |
1174 | @end example | |
1175 | ||
1176 | The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means | |
1177 | that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no | |
1178 | action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline. | |
1179 | This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of | |
1180 | the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in | |
1181 | question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this | |
1182 | value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for. | |
1183 | ||
1184 | This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As | |
1185 | a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is | |
1186 | uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if | |
1187 | that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the | |
1188 | value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed. | |
1189 | ||
1190 | @node Rpcalc Expr | |
1191 | @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr} | |
1192 | ||
1193 | The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression. | |
1194 | The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers. | |
1195 | The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions | |
1196 | followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on. | |
1197 | ||
1198 | @example | |
1199 | exp: NUM | |
1200 | | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} | |
1201 | | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} | |
1202 | @dots{} | |
1203 | ; | |
1204 | @end example | |
1205 | ||
1206 | We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could | |
1207 | equally well have written them separately: | |
1208 | ||
1209 | @example | |
1210 | exp: NUM ; | |
1211 | exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ; | |
1212 | exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ; | |
1213 | @dots{} | |
1214 | @end example | |
1215 | ||
1216 | Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in | |
1217 | terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition, | |
1218 | @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to | |
1219 | the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful | |
1220 | associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as | |
1221 | @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this | |
1222 | rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of | |
1223 | the entire expression. @xref{Actions}. | |
1224 | ||
1225 | You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no | |
1226 | action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}. | |
1227 | This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}). | |
1228 | ||
1229 | The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does | |
1230 | not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish. | |
1231 | For example, this: | |
1232 | ||
1233 | @example | |
1234 | exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} | |
1235 | @end example | |
1236 | ||
1237 | @noindent | |
1238 | means the same thing as this: | |
1239 | ||
1240 | @example | |
1241 | exp: NUM | |
1242 | | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} | |
1243 | | @dots{} | |
1244 | @end example | |
1245 | ||
1246 | @noindent | |
1247 | The latter, however, is much more readable. | |
1248 | ||
1249 | @node Rpcalc Lexer | |
1250 | @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer | |
1251 | @cindex writing a lexical analyzer | |
1252 | @cindex lexical analyzer, writing | |
1253 | ||
1254 | The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters | |
1255 | or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its | |
1256 | tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical | |
1257 | Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}. | |
1258 | ||
1259 | Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN} | |
1260 | calculator. This | |
1261 | lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as | |
1262 | @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character | |
1263 | that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code | |
1264 | for such a single-character token is the character itself. | |
1265 | ||
1266 | The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which | |
1267 | represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for | |
1268 | this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type. | |
1269 | This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its | |
1270 | numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same | |
1271 | character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the | |
1272 | token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C | |
1273 | macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example, | |
1274 | therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use. | |
1275 | ||
1276 | The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the | |
1277 | global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look | |
1278 | for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was | |
1279 | defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls, | |
1280 | ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.) | |
1281 | ||
1282 | A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered. | |
1283 | (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.) | |
1284 | ||
1285 | Here is the code for the lexical analyzer: | |
1286 | ||
1287 | @example | |
1288 | @group | |
1289 | /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point | |
1290 | number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code | |
1291 | of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks | |
1292 | and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */ | |
1293 | ||
1294 | #include <ctype.h> | |
1295 | @end group | |
1296 | ||
1297 | @group | |
1298 | int | |
1299 | yylex (void) | |
1300 | @{ | |
1301 | int c; | |
1302 | ||
1303 | /* Skip white space. */ | |
1304 | while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t') | |
1305 | ; | |
1306 | @end group | |
1307 | @group | |
1308 | /* Process numbers. */ | |
1309 | if (c == '.' || isdigit (c)) | |
1310 | @{ | |
1311 | ungetc (c, stdin); | |
1312 | scanf ("%lf", &yylval); | |
1313 | return NUM; | |
1314 | @} | |
1315 | @end group | |
1316 | @group | |
1317 | /* Return end-of-input. */ | |
1318 | if (c == EOF) | |
1319 | return 0; | |
1320 | /* Return a single char. */ | |
1321 | return c; | |
1322 | @} | |
1323 | @end group | |
1324 | @end example | |
1325 | ||
1326 | @node Rpcalc Main | |
1327 | @subsection The Controlling Function | |
1328 | @cindex controlling function | |
1329 | @cindex main function in simple example | |
1330 | ||
1331 | In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is | |
1332 | kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call | |
1333 | @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing. | |
1334 | ||
1335 | @example | |
1336 | @group | |
1337 | int | |
1338 | main (void) | |
1339 | @{ | |
1340 | return yyparse (); | |
1341 | @} | |
1342 | @end group | |
1343 | @end example | |
1344 | ||
1345 | @node Rpcalc Error | |
1346 | @subsection The Error Reporting Routine | |
1347 | @cindex error reporting routine | |
1348 | ||
1349 | When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting | |
1350 | function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not | |
1351 | always @code{"parse error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply | |
1352 | @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so | |
1353 | here is the definition we will use: | |
1354 | ||
1355 | @example | |
1356 | @group | |
1357 | #include <stdio.h> | |
1358 | ||
1359 | void | |
1360 | yyerror (const char *s) /* called by yyparse on error */ | |
1361 | @{ | |
1362 | printf ("%s\n", s); | |
1363 | @} | |
1364 | @end group | |
1365 | @end example | |
1366 | ||
1367 | After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error | |
1368 | and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule | |
1369 | (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We | |
1370 | have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will | |
1371 | cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a | |
1372 | real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example. | |
1373 | ||
1374 | @node Rpcalc Gen | |
1375 | @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser | |
1376 | @cindex running Bison (introduction) | |
1377 | ||
1378 | Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to | |
1379 | arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a | |
1380 | simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The | |
1381 | definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the | |
1382 | end, in the epilogue of the file | |
1383 | (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}). | |
1384 | ||
1385 | For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use | |
1386 | @code{make} to arrange to recompile them. | |
1387 | ||
1388 | With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to | |
1389 | convert it into a parser file: | |
1390 | ||
1391 | @example | |
1392 | bison @var{file_name}.y | |
1393 | @end example | |
1394 | ||
1395 | @noindent | |
1396 | In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish | |
1397 | @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file_name}.tab.c}, | |
1398 | removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by | |
1399 | Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional | |
1400 | functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main}) | |
1401 | are copied verbatim to the output. | |
1402 | ||
1403 | @node Rpcalc Compile | |
1404 | @subsection Compiling the Parser File | |
1405 | @cindex compiling the parser | |
1406 | ||
1407 | Here is how to compile and run the parser file: | |
1408 | ||
1409 | @example | |
1410 | @group | |
1411 | # @r{List files in current directory.} | |
1412 | $ @kbd{ls} | |
1413 | rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y | |
1414 | @end group | |
1415 | ||
1416 | @group | |
1417 | # @r{Compile the Bison parser.} | |
1418 | # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.} | |
1419 | $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c} | |
1420 | @end group | |
1421 | ||
1422 | @group | |
1423 | # @r{List files again.} | |
1424 | $ @kbd{ls} | |
1425 | rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y | |
1426 | @end group | |
1427 | @end example | |
1428 | ||
1429 | The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an | |
1430 | example session using @code{rpcalc}. | |
1431 | ||
1432 | @example | |
1433 | $ @kbd{rpcalc} | |
1434 | @kbd{4 9 +} | |
1435 | 13 | |
1436 | @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-} | |
1437 | -13 | |
1438 | @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}} | |
1439 | 13 | |
1440 | @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +} | |
1441 | -3.166666667 | |
1442 | @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation} | |
1443 | 81 | |
1444 | @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator} | |
1445 | $ | |
1446 | @end example | |
1447 | ||
1448 | @node Infix Calc | |
1449 | @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc} | |
1450 | @cindex infix notation calculator | |
1451 | @cindex @code{calc} | |
1452 | @cindex calculator, infix notation | |
1453 | ||
1454 | We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix | |
1455 | notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for | |
1456 | parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for | |
1457 | @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator. | |
1458 | ||
1459 | @example | |
1460 | /* Infix notation calculator--calc */ | |
1461 | ||
1462 | %@{ | |
1463 | #define YYSTYPE double | |
1464 | #include <math.h> | |
1465 | %@} | |
1466 | ||
1467 | /* Bison Declarations */ | |
1468 | %token NUM | |
1469 | %left '-' '+' | |
1470 | %left '*' '/' | |
1471 | %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */ | |
1472 | %right '^' /* exponentiation */ | |
1473 | ||
1474 | /* Grammar follows */ | |
1475 | %% | |
1476 | input: /* empty string */ | |
1477 | | input line | |
1478 | ; | |
1479 | ||
1480 | line: '\n' | |
1481 | | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @} | |
1482 | ; | |
1483 | ||
1484 | exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @} | |
1485 | | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @} | |
1486 | | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @} | |
1487 | | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @} | |
1488 | | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @} | |
1489 | | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @} | |
1490 | | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @} | |
1491 | | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @} | |
1492 | ; | |
1493 | %% | |
1494 | @end example | |
1495 | ||
1496 | @noindent | |
1497 | The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the | |
1498 | same as before. | |
1499 | ||
1500 | There are two important new features shown in this code. | |
1501 | ||
1502 | In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token | |
1503 | types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations | |
1504 | @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of | |
1505 | @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without | |
1506 | associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which | |
1507 | ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify | |
1508 | the associativity.) | |
1509 | ||
1510 | Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the | |
1511 | declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on | |
1512 | the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation | |
1513 | has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed | |
1514 | by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator | |
1515 | Precedence}. | |
1516 | ||
1517 | The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar | |
1518 | section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs | |
1519 | Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as | |
1520 | @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual | |
1521 | Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}. | |
1522 | ||
1523 | Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}: | |
1524 | ||
1525 | @need 500 | |
1526 | @example | |
1527 | $ @kbd{calc} | |
1528 | @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))} | |
1529 | 6.880952381 | |
1530 | @kbd{-56 + 2} | |
1531 | -54 | |
1532 | @kbd{3 ^ 2} | |
1533 | 9 | |
1534 | @end example | |
1535 | ||
1536 | @node Simple Error Recovery | |
1537 | @section Simple Error Recovery | |
1538 | @cindex error recovery, simple | |
1539 | ||
1540 | Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error | |
1541 | recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax | |
1542 | error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}. | |
1543 | Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling | |
1544 | @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the | |
1545 | calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency. | |
1546 | ||
1547 | The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which | |
1548 | may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has | |
1549 | been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}: | |
1550 | ||
1551 | @example | |
1552 | @group | |
1553 | line: '\n' | |
1554 | | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @} | |
1555 | | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @} | |
1556 | ; | |
1557 | @end group | |
1558 | @end example | |
1559 | ||
1560 | This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the | |
1561 | event of a parse error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is | |
1562 | read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line}, | |
1563 | and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called | |
1564 | upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement | |
1565 | @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is | |
1566 | that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the | |
1567 | difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a | |
1568 | misprint. | |
1569 | ||
1570 | This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other | |
1571 | kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception | |
1572 | signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this | |
1573 | signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing | |
1574 | input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of | |
1575 | input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to | |
1576 | Bison programs. | |
1577 | ||
1578 | @node Location Tracking Calc | |
1579 | @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc} | |
1580 | @cindex location tracking calculator | |
1581 | @cindex @code{ltcalc} | |
1582 | @cindex calculator, location tracking | |
1583 | ||
1584 | This example extends the infix notation calculator with location | |
1585 | tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For | |
1586 | the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since | |
1587 | most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical | |
1588 | analyzer. | |
1589 | ||
1590 | @menu | |
1591 | * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc. | |
1592 | * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations. | |
1593 | * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer. | |
1594 | @end menu | |
1595 | ||
1596 | @node Ltcalc Decls | |
1597 | @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc} | |
1598 | ||
1599 | The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are | |
1600 | the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator. | |
1601 | ||
1602 | @example | |
1603 | /* Location tracking calculator. */ | |
1604 | ||
1605 | %@{ | |
1606 | #define YYSTYPE int | |
1607 | #include <math.h> | |
1608 | %@} | |
1609 | ||
1610 | /* Bison declarations. */ | |
1611 | %token NUM | |
1612 | ||
1613 | %left '-' '+' | |
1614 | %left '*' '/' | |
1615 | %left NEG | |
1616 | %right '^' | |
1617 | ||
1618 | %% /* Grammar follows */ | |
1619 | @end example | |
1620 | ||
1621 | @noindent | |
1622 | Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data | |
1623 | type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided | |
1624 | by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a | |
1625 | four member structure with the following integer fields: | |
1626 | @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and | |
1627 | @code{last_column}. | |
1628 | ||
1629 | @node Ltcalc Rules | |
1630 | @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc} | |
1631 | ||
1632 | Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your | |
1633 | language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close | |
1634 | to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit | |
1635 | from the new information. | |
1636 | ||
1637 | Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the | |
1638 | wrong expressions or subexpressions. | |
1639 | ||
1640 | @example | |
1641 | @group | |
1642 | input : /* empty */ | |
1643 | | input line | |
1644 | ; | |
1645 | @end group | |
1646 | ||
1647 | @group | |
1648 | line : '\n' | |
1649 | | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @} | |
1650 | ; | |
1651 | @end group | |
1652 | ||
1653 | @group | |
1654 | exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @} | |
1655 | | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @} | |
1656 | | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @} | |
1657 | | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @} | |
1658 | @end group | |
1659 | @group | |
1660 | | exp '/' exp | |
1661 | @{ | |
1662 | if ($3) | |
1663 | $$ = $1 / $3; | |
1664 | else | |
1665 | @{ | |
1666 | $$ = 1; | |
1667 | fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero", | |
1668 | @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column, | |
1669 | @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column); | |
1670 | @} | |
1671 | @} | |
1672 | @end group | |
1673 | @group | |
1674 | | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @} | |
1675 | | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @} | |
1676 | | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @} | |
1677 | @end group | |
1678 | @end example | |
1679 | ||
1680 | This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by | |
1681 | using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the | |
1682 | pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings. | |
1683 | ||
1684 | We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it | |
1685 | automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action, | |
1686 | @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end | |
1687 | of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior | |
1688 | can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for | |
1689 | Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by | |
1690 | hand. | |
1691 | ||
1692 | @node Ltcalc Lexer | |
1693 | @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer. | |
1694 | ||
1695 | Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location | |
1696 | tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it | |
1697 | able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for | |
1698 | semantic values. | |
1699 | ||
1700 | To this end, we must take into account every single character of the | |
1701 | input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong: | |
1702 | ||
1703 | @example | |
1704 | @group | |
1705 | int | |
1706 | yylex (void) | |
1707 | @{ | |
1708 | int c; | |
1709 | ||
1710 | /* Skip white space. */ | |
1711 | while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t') | |
1712 | ++yylloc.last_column; | |
1713 | ||
1714 | /* Step. */ | |
1715 | yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line; | |
1716 | yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column; | |
1717 | @end group | |
1718 | ||
1719 | @group | |
1720 | /* Process numbers. */ | |
1721 | if (isdigit (c)) | |
1722 | @{ | |
1723 | yylval = c - '0'; | |
1724 | ++yylloc.last_column; | |
1725 | while (isdigit (c = getchar ())) | |
1726 | @{ | |
1727 | ++yylloc.last_column; | |
1728 | yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0'; | |
1729 | @} | |
1730 | ungetc (c, stdin); | |
1731 | return NUM; | |
1732 | @} | |
1733 | @end group | |
1734 | ||
1735 | /* Return end-of-input. */ | |
1736 | if (c == EOF) | |
1737 | return 0; | |
1738 | ||
1739 | /* Return a single char, and update location. */ | |
1740 | if (c == '\n') | |
1741 | @{ | |
1742 | ++yylloc.last_line; | |
1743 | yylloc.last_column = 0; | |
1744 | @} | |
1745 | else | |
1746 | ++yylloc.last_column; | |
1747 | return c; | |
1748 | @} | |
1749 | @end example | |
1750 | ||
1751 | Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before: | |
1752 | it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens. | |
1753 | In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type | |
1754 | @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location. | |
1755 | ||
1756 | Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number | |
1757 | as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last | |
1758 | needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the | |
1759 | controlling function: | |
1760 | ||
1761 | @example | |
1762 | @group | |
1763 | int | |
1764 | main (void) | |
1765 | @{ | |
1766 | yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1; | |
1767 | yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0; | |
1768 | return yyparse (); | |
1769 | @} | |
1770 | @end group | |
1771 | @end example | |
1772 | ||
1773 | Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every | |
1774 | character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in | |
1775 | valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on. | |
1776 | ||
1777 | @node Multi-function Calc | |
1778 | @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc} | |
1779 | @cindex multi-function calculator | |
1780 | @cindex @code{mfcalc} | |
1781 | @cindex calculator, multi-function | |
1782 | ||
1783 | Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to | |
1784 | a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five | |
1785 | functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would | |
1786 | be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such | |
1787 | as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc. | |
1788 | ||
1789 | It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are | |
1790 | only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes | |
1791 | back all nonnumber characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for | |
1792 | adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in | |
1793 | functions whose syntax has this form: | |
1794 | ||
1795 | @example | |
1796 | @var{function_name} (@var{argument}) | |
1797 | @end example | |
1798 | ||
1799 | @noindent | |
1800 | At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you | |
1801 | to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later. | |
1802 | Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator: | |
1803 | ||
1804 | @example | |
1805 | $ @kbd{mfcalc} | |
1806 | @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589} | |
1807 | 3.1415926536 | |
1808 | @kbd{sin(pi)} | |
1809 | 0.0000000000 | |
1810 | @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3} | |
1811 | 2.3000000000 | |
1812 | @kbd{alpha} | |
1813 | 2.3000000000 | |
1814 | @kbd{ln(alpha)} | |
1815 | 0.8329091229 | |
1816 | @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))} | |
1817 | 2.3000000000 | |
1818 | $ | |
1819 | @end example | |
1820 | ||
1821 | Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted. | |
1822 | ||
1823 | @menu | |
1824 | * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator. | |
1825 | * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator. | |
1826 | * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines. | |
1827 | @end menu | |
1828 | ||
1829 | @node Mfcalc Decl | |
1830 | @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc} | |
1831 | ||
1832 | Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator. | |
1833 | ||
1834 | @smallexample | |
1835 | %@{ | |
1836 | #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */ | |
1837 | #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec' */ | |
1838 | %@} | |
1839 | %union @{ | |
1840 | double val; /* For returning numbers. */ | |
1841 | symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers */ | |
1842 | @} | |
1843 | ||
1844 | %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number */ | |
1845 | %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function */ | |
1846 | %type <val> exp | |
1847 | ||
1848 | %right '=' | |
1849 | %left '-' '+' | |
1850 | %left '*' '/' | |
1851 | %left NEG /* Negation--unary minus */ | |
1852 | %right '^' /* Exponentiation */ | |
1853 | ||
1854 | /* Grammar follows */ | |
1855 | ||
1856 | %% | |
1857 | @end smallexample | |
1858 | ||
1859 | The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language. | |
1860 | These features allow semantic values to have various data types | |
1861 | (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}). | |
1862 | ||
1863 | The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types; | |
1864 | this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now | |
1865 | double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in | |
1866 | the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}. | |
1867 | ||
1868 | Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a | |
1869 | type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols | |
1870 | are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their | |
1871 | declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed | |
1872 | between angle brackets). | |
1873 | ||
1874 | The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal | |
1875 | symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We | |
1876 | have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are | |
1877 | normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But | |
1878 | @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type. | |
1879 | @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}. | |
1880 | ||
1881 | @node Mfcalc Rules | |
1882 | @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc} | |
1883 | ||
1884 | Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator. | |
1885 | Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules, | |
1886 | those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new. | |
1887 | ||
1888 | @smallexample | |
1889 | input: /* empty */ | |
1890 | | input line | |
1891 | ; | |
1892 | ||
1893 | line: | |
1894 | '\n' | |
1895 | | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @} | |
1896 | | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @} | |
1897 | ; | |
1898 | ||
1899 | exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @} | |
1900 | | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @} | |
1901 | | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @} | |
1902 | | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @} | |
1903 | | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @} | |
1904 | | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @} | |
1905 | | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @} | |
1906 | | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @} | |
1907 | | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @} | |
1908 | | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @} | |
1909 | | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @} | |
1910 | ; | |
1911 | /* End of grammar */ | |
1912 | %% | |
1913 | @end smallexample | |
1914 | ||
1915 | @node Mfcalc Symtab | |
1916 | @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table | |
1917 | @cindex symbol table example | |
1918 | ||
1919 | The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the | |
1920 | names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the | |
1921 | grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it | |
1922 | requires some additional C functions for support. | |
1923 | ||
1924 | The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its | |
1925 | definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It | |
1926 | provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table. | |
1927 | ||
1928 | @smallexample | |
1929 | @group | |
1930 | /* Function type. */ | |
1931 | typedef double (*func_t) (double); | |
1932 | ||
1933 | /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */ | |
1934 | struct symrec | |
1935 | @{ | |
1936 | char *name; /* name of symbol */ | |
1937 | int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */ | |
1938 | union | |
1939 | @{ | |
1940 | double var; /* value of a VAR */ | |
1941 | func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */ | |
1942 | @} value; | |
1943 | struct symrec *next; /* link field */ | |
1944 | @}; | |
1945 | @end group | |
1946 | ||
1947 | @group | |
1948 | typedef struct symrec symrec; | |
1949 | ||
1950 | /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */ | |
1951 | extern symrec *sym_table; | |
1952 | ||
1953 | symrec *putsym (const char *, func_t); | |
1954 | symrec *getsym (const char *); | |
1955 | @end group | |
1956 | @end smallexample | |
1957 | ||
1958 | The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a | |
1959 | function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and | |
1960 | @code{init_table} as well: | |
1961 | ||
1962 | @smallexample | |
1963 | @group | |
1964 | #include <stdio.h> | |
1965 | ||
1966 | int | |
1967 | main (void) | |
1968 | @{ | |
1969 | init_table (); | |
1970 | return yyparse (); | |
1971 | @} | |
1972 | @end group | |
1973 | ||
1974 | @group | |
1975 | void | |
1976 | yyerror (const char *s) /* Called by yyparse on error */ | |
1977 | @{ | |
1978 | printf ("%s\n", s); | |
1979 | @} | |
1980 | ||
1981 | struct init | |
1982 | @{ | |
1983 | char *fname; | |
1984 | double (*fnct)(double); | |
1985 | @}; | |
1986 | @end group | |
1987 | ||
1988 | @group | |
1989 | struct init arith_fncts[] = | |
1990 | @{ | |
1991 | "sin", sin, | |
1992 | "cos", cos, | |
1993 | "atan", atan, | |
1994 | "ln", log, | |
1995 | "exp", exp, | |
1996 | "sqrt", sqrt, | |
1997 | 0, 0 | |
1998 | @}; | |
1999 | ||
2000 | /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */ | |
2001 | symrec *sym_table = (symrec *) 0; | |
2002 | @end group | |
2003 | ||
2004 | @group | |
2005 | /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */ | |
2006 | void | |
2007 | init_table (void) | |
2008 | @{ | |
2009 | int i; | |
2010 | symrec *ptr; | |
2011 | for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++) | |
2012 | @{ | |
2013 | ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT); | |
2014 | ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct; | |
2015 | @} | |
2016 | @} | |
2017 | @end group | |
2018 | @end smallexample | |
2019 | ||
2020 | By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include | |
2021 | files, you can add additional functions to the calculator. | |
2022 | ||
2023 | Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the | |
2024 | symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type | |
2025 | (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is | |
2026 | linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned. | |
2027 | The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If | |
2028 | found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned. | |
2029 | ||
2030 | @smallexample | |
2031 | symrec * | |
2032 | putsym (char *sym_name, int sym_type) | |
2033 | @{ | |
2034 | symrec *ptr; | |
2035 | ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec)); | |
2036 | ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1); | |
2037 | strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name); | |
2038 | ptr->type = sym_type; | |
2039 | ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */ | |
2040 | ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table; | |
2041 | sym_table = ptr; | |
2042 | return ptr; | |
2043 | @} | |
2044 | ||
2045 | symrec * | |
2046 | getsym (const char *sym_name) | |
2047 | @{ | |
2048 | symrec *ptr; | |
2049 | for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0; | |
2050 | ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next) | |
2051 | if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0) | |
2052 | return ptr; | |
2053 | return 0; | |
2054 | @} | |
2055 | @end smallexample | |
2056 | ||
2057 | The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and | |
2058 | the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric | |
2059 | characters with a leading non-digit are recognized as either variables or | |
2060 | functions depending on what the symbol table says about them. | |
2061 | ||
2062 | The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If | |
2063 | the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type | |
2064 | (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not | |
2065 | already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using | |
2066 | @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is | |
2067 | returned to @code{yyparse}. | |
2068 | ||
2069 | No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic | |
2070 | operators in @code{yylex}. | |
2071 | ||
2072 | @smallexample | |
2073 | @group | |
2074 | #include <ctype.h> | |
2075 | ||
2076 | int | |
2077 | yylex (void) | |
2078 | @{ | |
2079 | int c; | |
2080 | ||
2081 | /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */ | |
2082 | while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t'); | |
2083 | ||
2084 | if (c == EOF) | |
2085 | return 0; | |
2086 | @end group | |
2087 | ||
2088 | @group | |
2089 | /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */ | |
2090 | if (c == '.' || isdigit (c)) | |
2091 | @{ | |
2092 | ungetc (c, stdin); | |
2093 | scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val); | |
2094 | return NUM; | |
2095 | @} | |
2096 | @end group | |
2097 | ||
2098 | @group | |
2099 | /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */ | |
2100 | if (isalpha (c)) | |
2101 | @{ | |
2102 | symrec *s; | |
2103 | static char *symbuf = 0; | |
2104 | static int length = 0; | |
2105 | int i; | |
2106 | @end group | |
2107 | ||
2108 | @group | |
2109 | /* Initially make the buffer long enough | |
2110 | for a 40-character symbol name. */ | |
2111 | if (length == 0) | |
2112 | length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1); | |
2113 | ||
2114 | i = 0; | |
2115 | do | |
2116 | @end group | |
2117 | @group | |
2118 | @{ | |
2119 | /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */ | |
2120 | if (i == length) | |
2121 | @{ | |
2122 | length *= 2; | |
2123 | symbuf = (char *)realloc (symbuf, length + 1); | |
2124 | @} | |
2125 | /* Add this character to the buffer. */ | |
2126 | symbuf[i++] = c; | |
2127 | /* Get another character. */ | |
2128 | c = getchar (); | |
2129 | @} | |
2130 | @end group | |
2131 | @group | |
2132 | while (isalnum (c)); | |
2133 | ||
2134 | ungetc (c, stdin); | |
2135 | symbuf[i] = '\0'; | |
2136 | @end group | |
2137 | ||
2138 | @group | |
2139 | s = getsym (symbuf); | |
2140 | if (s == 0) | |
2141 | s = putsym (symbuf, VAR); | |
2142 | yylval.tptr = s; | |
2143 | return s->type; | |
2144 | @} | |
2145 | ||
2146 | /* Any other character is a token by itself. */ | |
2147 | return c; | |
2148 | @} | |
2149 | @end group | |
2150 | @end smallexample | |
2151 | ||
2152 | This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new | |
2153 | functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install | |
2154 | predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well. | |
2155 | ||
2156 | @node Exercises | |
2157 | @section Exercises | |
2158 | @cindex exercises | |
2159 | ||
2160 | @enumerate | |
2161 | @item | |
2162 | Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list. | |
2163 | ||
2164 | @item | |
2165 | Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then | |
2166 | modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table. | |
2167 | It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}. | |
2168 | ||
2169 | @item | |
2170 | Make the program report an error if the user refers to an | |
2171 | uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it. | |
2172 | @end enumerate | |
2173 | ||
2174 | @node Grammar File | |
2175 | @chapter Bison Grammar Files | |
2176 | ||
2177 | Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a | |
2178 | C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar. | |
2179 | ||
2180 | The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}. | |
2181 | @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}. | |
2182 | ||
2183 | @menu | |
2184 | * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file. | |
2185 | * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols. | |
2186 | * Rules:: How to write grammar rules. | |
2187 | * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules. | |
2188 | * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions. | |
2189 | * Locations:: Locations and actions. | |
2190 | * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here. | |
2191 | * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program. | |
2192 | @end menu | |
2193 | ||
2194 | @node Grammar Outline | |
2195 | @section Outline of a Bison Grammar | |
2196 | ||
2197 | A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the | |
2198 | appropriate delimiters: | |
2199 | ||
2200 | @example | |
2201 | %@{ | |
2202 | @var{Prologue} | |
2203 | %@} | |
2204 | ||
2205 | @var{Bison declarations} | |
2206 | ||
2207 | %% | |
2208 | @var{Grammar rules} | |
2209 | %% | |
2210 | ||
2211 | @var{Epilogue} | |
2212 | @end example | |
2213 | ||
2214 | Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections. | |
2215 | ||
2216 | @menu | |
2217 | * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue. | |
2218 | * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section. | |
2219 | * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section. | |
2220 | * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue. | |
2221 | @end menu | |
2222 | ||
2223 | @node Prologue, Bison Declarations, , Grammar Outline | |
2224 | @subsection The prologue | |
2225 | @cindex declarations section | |
2226 | @cindex Prologue | |
2227 | @cindex declarations | |
2228 | ||
2229 | The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and | |
2230 | declarations of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the | |
2231 | grammar rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so | |
2232 | that they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use | |
2233 | @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you don't | |
2234 | need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} | |
2235 | delimiters that bracket this section. | |
2236 | ||
2237 | You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the | |
2238 | @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison | |
2239 | declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union} | |
2240 | declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to | |
2241 | prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This | |
2242 | can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the | |
2243 | @code{%union} declaration. | |
2244 | ||
2245 | @smallexample | |
2246 | %@{ | |
2247 | #include <stdio.h> | |
2248 | #include "ptypes.h" | |
2249 | %@} | |
2250 | ||
2251 | %union @{ | |
2252 | long n; | |
2253 | tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */ | |
2254 | @} | |
2255 | ||
2256 | %@{ | |
2257 | static void yyprint(FILE *, int, YYSTYPE); | |
2258 | #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) yyprint(F, N, L) | |
2259 | %@} | |
2260 | ||
2261 | @dots{} | |
2262 | @end smallexample | |
2263 | ||
2264 | @node Bison Declarations | |
2265 | @subsection The Bison Declarations Section | |
2266 | @cindex Bison declarations (introduction) | |
2267 | @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction) | |
2268 | ||
2269 | The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define | |
2270 | terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on. | |
2271 | In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations. | |
2272 | @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}. | |
2273 | ||
2274 | @node Grammar Rules | |
2275 | @subsection The Grammar Rules Section | |
2276 | @cindex grammar rules section | |
2277 | @cindex rules section for grammar | |
2278 | ||
2279 | The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar | |
2280 | rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}. | |
2281 | ||
2282 | There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first | |
2283 | @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even | |
2284 | if it is the first thing in the file. | |
2285 | ||
2286 | @node Epilogue, , Grammar Rules, Grammar Outline | |
2287 | @subsection The epilogue | |
2288 | @cindex additional C code section | |
2289 | @cindex epilogue | |
2290 | @cindex C code, section for additional | |
2291 | ||
2292 | The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as | |
2293 | the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient | |
2294 | place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need | |
2295 | not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the | |
2296 | definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. | |
2297 | @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}. | |
2298 | ||
2299 | If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it | |
2300 | from the grammar rules. | |
2301 | ||
2302 | The Bison parser itself contains many static variables whose names start | |
2303 | with @samp{yy} and many macros whose names start with @samp{YY}. It is a | |
2304 | good idea to avoid using any such names (except those documented in this | |
2305 | manual) in the epilogue of the grammar file. | |
2306 | ||
2307 | @node Symbols | |
2308 | @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal | |
2309 | @cindex nonterminal symbol | |
2310 | @cindex terminal symbol | |
2311 | @cindex token type | |
2312 | @cindex symbol | |
2313 | ||
2314 | @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications | |
2315 | of the language. | |
2316 | ||
2317 | A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a | |
2318 | class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar | |
2319 | rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is | |
2320 | represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex} | |
2321 | function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has been | |
2322 | read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use the | |
2323 | symbol to stand for it. | |
2324 | ||
2325 | A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically equivalent | |
2326 | groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules. By convention, | |
2327 | it should be all lower case. | |
2328 | ||
2329 | Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning), | |
2330 | underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals. | |
2331 | ||
2332 | There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar: | |
2333 | ||
2334 | @itemize @bullet | |
2335 | @item | |
2336 | A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an | |
2337 | identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each | |
2338 | such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as | |
2339 | @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}. | |
2340 | ||
2341 | @item | |
2342 | @cindex character token | |
2343 | @cindex literal token | |
2344 | @cindex single-character literal | |
2345 | A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is | |
2346 | written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character | |
2347 | constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A | |
2348 | character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to | |
2349 | specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of | |
2350 | Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence, | |
2351 | ,Operator Precedence}). | |
2352 | ||
2353 | By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a | |
2354 | token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token | |
2355 | type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a | |
2356 | token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it, | |
2357 | your program will confuse other readers. | |
2358 | ||
2359 | All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be | |
2360 | used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a | |
2361 | character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies | |
2362 | end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention | |
2363 | for @code{yylex}}). | |
2364 | ||
2365 | @item | |
2366 | @cindex string token | |
2367 | @cindex literal string token | |
2368 | @cindex multicharacter literal | |
2369 | A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for | |
2370 | example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token | |
2371 | doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic | |
2372 | value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence | |
2373 | (@pxref{Precedence}). | |
2374 | ||
2375 | You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an | |
2376 | alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token | |
2377 | Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to | |
2378 | retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the | |
2379 | @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}). | |
2380 | ||
2381 | @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc. | |
2382 | ||
2383 | By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token | |
2384 | that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token | |
2385 | type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison | |
2386 | does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who | |
2387 | read your program will be confused. | |
2388 | ||
2389 | All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in | |
2390 | Bison as well. A literal string token must contain two or more | |
2391 | characters; for a token containing just one character, use a character | |
2392 | token (see above). | |
2393 | @end itemize | |
2394 | ||
2395 | How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its | |
2396 | grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and | |
2397 | on when the parser function returns that symbol. | |
2398 | ||
2399 | The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal | |
2400 | symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input. | |
2401 | Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write | |
2402 | it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code | |
2403 | for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the | |
2404 | character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the | |
2405 | requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned | |
2406 | char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed. | |
2407 | Each named token type becomes a C macro in | |
2408 | the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code. | |
2409 | (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.) | |
2410 | @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}. | |
2411 | ||
2412 | If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the | |
2413 | token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d} | |
2414 | option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions | |
2415 | into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include | |
2416 | in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}. | |
2417 | ||
2418 | If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C | |
2419 | host, you must use only non-null character tokens taken from the basic | |
2420 | execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten | |
2421 | digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the | |
2422 | characters in the following C-language string: | |
2423 | ||
2424 | @example | |
2425 | "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~" | |
2426 | @end example | |
2427 | ||
2428 | The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character | |
2429 | set and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an | |
2430 | @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting program | |
2431 | in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like | |
2432 | @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the | |
2433 | tables generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for | |
2434 | character tokens. It is standard | |
2435 | practice for software distributions to contain C source files that | |
2436 | were generated by Bison in an @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on | |
2437 | platforms that are incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those | |
2438 | files before compiling them. | |
2439 | ||
2440 | The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery | |
2441 | (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose. | |
2442 | In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default | |
2443 | value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to | |
2444 | one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration. | |
2445 | ||
2446 | @node Rules | |
2447 | @section Syntax of Grammar Rules | |
2448 | @cindex rule syntax | |
2449 | @cindex grammar rule syntax | |
2450 | @cindex syntax of grammar rules | |
2451 | ||
2452 | A Bison grammar rule has the following general form: | |
2453 | ||
2454 | @example | |
2455 | @group | |
2456 | @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{} | |
2457 | ; | |
2458 | @end group | |
2459 | @end example | |
2460 | ||
2461 | @noindent | |
2462 | where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes, | |
2463 | and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that | |
2464 | are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}). | |
2465 | ||
2466 | For example, | |
2467 | ||
2468 | @example | |
2469 | @group | |
2470 | exp: exp '+' exp | |
2471 | ; | |
2472 | @end group | |
2473 | @end example | |
2474 | ||
2475 | @noindent | |
2476 | says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between, | |
2477 | can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}. | |
2478 | ||
2479 | White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add | |
2480 | extra white space as you wish. | |
2481 | ||
2482 | Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine | |
2483 | the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this: | |
2484 | ||
2485 | @example | |
2486 | @{@var{C statements}@} | |
2487 | @end example | |
2488 | ||
2489 | @noindent | |
2490 | Usually there is only one action and it follows the components. | |
2491 | @xref{Actions}. | |
2492 | ||
2493 | @findex | | |
2494 | Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can | |
2495 | be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows: | |
2496 | ||
2497 | @ifinfo | |
2498 | @example | |
2499 | @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{} | |
2500 | | @var{rule2-components}@dots{} | |
2501 | @dots{} | |
2502 | ; | |
2503 | @end example | |
2504 | @end ifinfo | |
2505 | @iftex | |
2506 | @example | |
2507 | @group | |
2508 | @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{} | |
2509 | | @var{rule2-components}@dots{} | |
2510 | @dots{} | |
2511 | ; | |
2512 | @end group | |
2513 | @end example | |
2514 | @end iftex | |
2515 | ||
2516 | @noindent | |
2517 | They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way. | |
2518 | ||
2519 | If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can | |
2520 | match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a | |
2521 | comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings: | |
2522 | ||
2523 | @example | |
2524 | @group | |
2525 | expseq: /* empty */ | |
2526 | | expseq1 | |
2527 | ; | |
2528 | @end group | |
2529 | ||
2530 | @group | |
2531 | expseq1: exp | |
2532 | | expseq1 ',' exp | |
2533 | ; | |
2534 | @end group | |
2535 | @end example | |
2536 | ||
2537 | @noindent | |
2538 | It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule | |
2539 | with no components. | |
2540 | ||
2541 | @node Recursion | |
2542 | @section Recursive Rules | |
2543 | @cindex recursive rule | |
2544 | ||
2545 | A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal appears | |
2546 | also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to use | |
2547 | recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any number | |
2548 | of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a | |
2549 | comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions: | |
2550 | ||
2551 | @example | |
2552 | @group | |
2553 | expseq1: exp | |
2554 | | expseq1 ',' exp | |
2555 | ; | |
2556 | @end group | |
2557 | @end example | |
2558 | ||
2559 | @cindex left recursion | |
2560 | @cindex right recursion | |
2561 | @noindent | |
2562 | Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the | |
2563 | right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here | |
2564 | the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}: | |
2565 | ||
2566 | @example | |
2567 | @group | |
2568 | expseq1: exp | |
2569 | | exp ',' expseq1 | |
2570 | ; | |
2571 | @end group | |
2572 | @end example | |
2573 | ||
2574 | @noindent | |
2575 | Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right | |
2576 | recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can | |
2577 | parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space. | |
2578 | Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the | |
2579 | number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be | |
2580 | shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once. | |
2581 | @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation | |
2582 | of this. | |
2583 | ||
2584 | @cindex mutual recursion | |
2585 | @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the | |
2586 | rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear | |
2587 | in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand | |
2588 | side. | |
2589 | ||
2590 | For example: | |
2591 | ||
2592 | @example | |
2593 | @group | |
2594 | expr: primary | |
2595 | | primary '+' primary | |
2596 | ; | |
2597 | @end group | |
2598 | ||
2599 | @group | |
2600 | primary: constant | |
2601 | | '(' expr ')' | |
2602 | ; | |
2603 | @end group | |
2604 | @end example | |
2605 | ||
2606 | @noindent | |
2607 | defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the | |
2608 | other. | |
2609 | ||
2610 | @node Semantics | |
2611 | @section Defining Language Semantics | |
2612 | @cindex defining language semantics | |
2613 | @cindex language semantics, defining | |
2614 | ||
2615 | The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics | |
2616 | are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and | |
2617 | groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized. | |
2618 | ||
2619 | For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value | |
2620 | associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly | |
2621 | because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add | |
2622 | the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}. | |
2623 | ||
2624 | @menu | |
2625 | * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values. | |
2626 | * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types. | |
2627 | * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule. | |
2628 | * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on. | |
2629 | * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule. | |
2630 | This says when, why and how to use the exceptional | |
2631 | action in the middle of a rule. | |
2632 | @end menu | |
2633 | ||
2634 | @node Value Type | |
2635 | @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values | |
2636 | @cindex semantic value type | |
2637 | @cindex value type, semantic | |
2638 | @cindex data types of semantic values | |
2639 | @cindex default data type | |
2640 | ||
2641 | In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for | |
2642 | the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the | |
2643 | @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish | |
2644 | Notation Calculator}). | |
2645 | ||
2646 | Bison's default is to use type @code{int} for all semantic values. To | |
2647 | specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this: | |
2648 | ||
2649 | @example | |
2650 | #define YYSTYPE double | |
2651 | @end example | |
2652 | ||
2653 | @noindent | |
2654 | This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file | |
2655 | (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}). | |
2656 | ||
2657 | @node Multiple Types | |
2658 | @subsection More Than One Value Type | |
2659 | ||
2660 | In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds | |
2661 | of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type | |
2662 | @code{int} or @code{long}, while a string constant needs type @code{char *}, | |
2663 | and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the symbol table. | |
2664 | ||
2665 | To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison | |
2666 | requires you to do two things: | |
2667 | ||
2668 | @itemize @bullet | |
2669 | @item | |
2670 | Specify the entire collection of possible data types, with the | |
2671 | @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of | |
2672 | Value Types}). | |
2673 | ||
2674 | @item | |
2675 | Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for | |
2676 | which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the | |
2677 | @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}) | |
2678 | and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type | |
2679 | Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}). | |
2680 | @end itemize | |
2681 | ||
2682 | @node Actions | |
2683 | @subsection Actions | |
2684 | @cindex action | |
2685 | @vindex $$ | |
2686 | @vindex $@var{n} | |
2687 | ||
2688 | An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed | |
2689 | each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions | |
2690 | is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the | |
2691 | semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings. | |
2692 | ||
2693 | An action consists of C statements surrounded by braces, much like a | |
2694 | compound statement in C@. It can be placed at any position in the rule; | |
2695 | it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the | |
2696 | end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of | |
2697 | a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule | |
2698 | Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}). | |
2699 | ||
2700 | The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components | |
2701 | matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for | |
2702 | the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping | |
2703 | being constructed is @code{$$}. (Bison translates both of these constructs | |
2704 | into array element references when it copies the actions into the parser | |
2705 | file.) | |
2706 | ||
2707 | Here is a typical example: | |
2708 | ||
2709 | @example | |
2710 | @group | |
2711 | exp: @dots{} | |
2712 | | exp '+' exp | |
2713 | @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @} | |
2714 | @end group | |
2715 | @end example | |
2716 | ||
2717 | @noindent | |
2718 | This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings | |
2719 | connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3} | |
2720 | refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings, | |
2721 | which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule. | |
2722 | The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of | |
2723 | the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a | |
2724 | useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be | |
2725 | referred to as @code{$2}. | |
2726 | ||
2727 | Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule | |
2728 | separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a | |
2729 | difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either | |
2730 | ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the | |
2731 | following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found: | |
2732 | ||
2733 | @example | |
2734 | @group | |
2735 | a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @}; | |
2736 | @end group | |
2737 | @end example | |
2738 | ||
2739 | @cindex default action | |
2740 | If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default: | |
2741 | @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule becomes | |
2742 | the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default rule is valid only | |
2743 | if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default action for | |
2744 | an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action unless the | |
2745 | rule's value does not matter. | |
2746 | ||
2747 | @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference | |
2748 | to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the | |
2749 | current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably | |
2750 | you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here | |
2751 | is a case in which you can use this reliably: | |
2752 | ||
2753 | @example | |
2754 | @group | |
2755 | foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @} | |
2756 | | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @} | |
2757 | ; | |
2758 | @end group | |
2759 | ||
2760 | @group | |
2761 | bar: /* empty */ | |
2762 | @{ previous_expr = $0; @} | |
2763 | ; | |
2764 | @end group | |
2765 | @end example | |
2766 | ||
2767 | As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0} | |
2768 | always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the | |
2769 | definition of @code{foo}. | |
2770 | ||
2771 | @node Action Types | |
2772 | @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions | |
2773 | @cindex action data types | |
2774 | @cindex data types in actions | |
2775 | ||
2776 | If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$} | |
2777 | and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type. | |
2778 | ||
2779 | If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you | |
2780 | must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal | |
2781 | symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or | |
2782 | @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to | |
2783 | in the rule. In this example, | |
2784 | ||
2785 | @example | |
2786 | @group | |
2787 | exp: @dots{} | |
2788 | | exp '+' exp | |
2789 | @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @} | |
2790 | @end group | |
2791 | @end example | |
2792 | ||
2793 | @noindent | |
2794 | @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all | |
2795 | have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If | |
2796 | @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the | |
2797 | terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be. | |
2798 | ||
2799 | Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value, | |
2800 | by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the | |
2801 | reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here: | |
2802 | ||
2803 | @example | |
2804 | @group | |
2805 | %union @{ | |
2806 | int itype; | |
2807 | double dtype; | |
2808 | @} | |
2809 | @end group | |
2810 | @end example | |
2811 | ||
2812 | @noindent | |
2813 | then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the | |
2814 | rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double. | |
2815 | ||
2816 | @node Mid-Rule Actions | |
2817 | @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule | |
2818 | @cindex actions in mid-rule | |
2819 | @cindex mid-rule actions | |
2820 | ||
2821 | Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule. | |
2822 | These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they | |
2823 | are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components. | |
2824 | ||
2825 | A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using | |
2826 | @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because | |
2827 | it is run before they are parsed. | |
2828 | ||
2829 | The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule. | |
2830 | This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule | |
2831 | (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions | |
2832 | along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in | |
2833 | @code{$@var{n}}. | |
2834 | ||
2835 | The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set | |
2836 | its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule | |
2837 | can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol | |
2838 | to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value | |
2839 | in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to | |
2840 | specify a data type each time you refer to this value. | |
2841 | ||
2842 | There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule | |
2843 | action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The | |
2844 | only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action | |
2845 | at the end of the rule. | |
2846 | ||
2847 | Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let} | |
2848 | statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and | |
2849 | serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the | |
2850 | duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put | |
2851 | @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then | |
2852 | remove it afterward. Here is how it is done: | |
2853 | ||
2854 | @example | |
2855 | @group | |
2856 | stmt: LET '(' var ')' | |
2857 | @{ $<context>$ = push_context (); | |
2858 | declare_variable ($3); @} | |
2859 | stmt @{ $$ = $6; | |
2860 | pop_context ($<context>5); @} | |
2861 | @end group | |
2862 | @end example | |
2863 | ||
2864 | @noindent | |
2865 | As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first | |
2866 | action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the | |
2867 | list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative | |
2868 | @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls | |
2869 | @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the | |
2870 | first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be | |
2871 | parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the | |
2872 | @samp{stmt} is component number 6. | |
2873 | ||
2874 | After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the | |
2875 | value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the | |
2876 | earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This | |
2877 | removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't | |
2878 | appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed. | |
2879 | ||
2880 | Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to | |
2881 | conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the | |
2882 | action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions, | |
2883 | can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace | |
2884 | token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a | |
2885 | declaration or not: | |
2886 | ||
2887 | @example | |
2888 | @group | |
2889 | compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}' | |
2890 | | '@{' statements '@}' | |
2891 | ; | |
2892 | @end group | |
2893 | @end example | |
2894 | ||
2895 | @noindent | |
2896 | But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional: | |
2897 | ||
2898 | @example | |
2899 | @group | |
2900 | compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @} | |
2901 | '@{' declarations statements '@}' | |
2902 | @end group | |
2903 | @group | |
2904 | | '@{' statements '@}' | |
2905 | ; | |
2906 | @end group | |
2907 | @end example | |
2908 | ||
2909 | @noindent | |
2910 | Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action | |
2911 | when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it | |
2912 | must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient | |
2913 | information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called | |
2914 | the @dfn{look-ahead} token at this time, since the parser is still | |
2915 | deciding what to do about it. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.) | |
2916 | ||
2917 | You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical | |
2918 | actions into the two rules, like this: | |
2919 | ||
2920 | @example | |
2921 | @group | |
2922 | compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @} | |
2923 | '@{' declarations statements '@}' | |
2924 | | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @} | |
2925 | '@{' statements '@}' | |
2926 | ; | |
2927 | @end group | |
2928 | @end example | |
2929 | ||
2930 | @noindent | |
2931 | But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions | |
2932 | are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.) | |
2933 | ||
2934 | If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a | |
2935 | statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which | |
2936 | does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this: | |
2937 | ||
2938 | @example | |
2939 | @group | |
2940 | compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @} | |
2941 | declarations statements '@}' | |
2942 | | '@{' statements '@}' | |
2943 | ; | |
2944 | @end group | |
2945 | @end example | |
2946 | ||
2947 | @noindent | |
2948 | Now the first token of the following declaration or statement, | |
2949 | which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so. | |
2950 | ||
2951 | Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which | |
2952 | serves as a subroutine: | |
2953 | ||
2954 | @example | |
2955 | @group | |
2956 | subroutine: /* empty */ | |
2957 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @} | |
2958 | ; | |
2959 | ||
2960 | @end group | |
2961 | ||
2962 | @group | |
2963 | compound: subroutine | |
2964 | '@{' declarations statements '@}' | |
2965 | | subroutine | |
2966 | '@{' statements '@}' | |
2967 | ; | |
2968 | @end group | |
2969 | @end example | |
2970 | ||
2971 | @noindent | |
2972 | Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without | |
2973 | deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use. Note that | |
2974 | the action is now at the end of its rule. Any mid-rule action can be | |
2975 | converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and this is what Bison | |
2976 | actually does to implement mid-rule actions. | |
2977 | ||
2978 | @node Locations | |
2979 | @section Tracking Locations | |
2980 | @cindex location | |
2981 | @cindex textual position | |
2982 | @cindex position, textual | |
2983 | ||
2984 | Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully | |
2985 | functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information, | |
2986 | especially symbol locations. | |
2987 | ||
2988 | @c (terminal or not) ? | |
2989 | ||
2990 | The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and | |
2991 | actions to take when rules are matched. | |
2992 | ||
2993 | @menu | |
2994 | * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations. | |
2995 | * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions. | |
2996 | * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations. | |
2997 | @end menu | |
2998 | ||
2999 | @node Location Type | |
3000 | @subsection Data Type of Locations | |
3001 | @cindex data type of locations | |
3002 | @cindex default location type | |
3003 | ||
3004 | Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values, | |
3005 | since all tokens and groupings always use the same type. | |
3006 | ||
3007 | The type of locations is specified by defining a macro called @code{YYLTYPE}. | |
3008 | When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with | |
3009 | four members: | |
3010 | ||
3011 | @example | |
3012 | struct | |
3013 | @{ | |
3014 | int first_line; | |
3015 | int first_column; | |
3016 | int last_line; | |
3017 | int last_column; | |
3018 | @} | |
3019 | @end example | |
3020 | ||
3021 | @node Actions and Locations | |
3022 | @subsection Actions and Locations | |
3023 | @cindex location actions | |
3024 | @cindex actions, location | |
3025 | @vindex @@$ | |
3026 | @vindex @@@var{n} | |
3027 | ||
3028 | Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for | |
3029 | describing the behavior of the output parser with locations. | |
3030 | ||
3031 | The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very | |
3032 | similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several | |
3033 | constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched. | |
3034 | The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is | |
3035 | @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is | |
3036 | @code{@@$}. | |
3037 | ||
3038 | Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations: | |
3039 | ||
3040 | @example | |
3041 | @group | |
3042 | exp: @dots{} | |
3043 | | exp '/' exp | |
3044 | @{ | |
3045 | @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column; | |
3046 | @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line; | |
3047 | @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column; | |
3048 | @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line; | |
3049 | if ($3) | |
3050 | $$ = $1 / $3; | |
3051 | else | |
3052 | @{ | |
3053 | $$ = 1; | |
3054 | printf("Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d", | |
3055 | @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column, | |
3056 | @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column); | |
3057 | @} | |
3058 | @} | |
3059 | @end group | |
3060 | @end example | |
3061 | ||
3062 | As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is | |
3063 | run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the | |
3064 | beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the | |
3065 | last symbol. | |
3066 | ||
3067 | With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The | |
3068 | example above simply rewrites this way: | |
3069 | ||
3070 | @example | |
3071 | @group | |
3072 | exp: @dots{} | |
3073 | | exp '/' exp | |
3074 | @{ | |
3075 | if ($3) | |
3076 | $$ = $1 / $3; | |
3077 | else | |
3078 | @{ | |
3079 | $$ = 1; | |
3080 | printf("Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d", | |
3081 | @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column, | |
3082 | @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column); | |
3083 | @} | |
3084 | @} | |
3085 | @end group | |
3086 | @end example | |
3087 | ||
3088 | @node Location Default Action | |
3089 | @subsection Default Action for Locations | |
3090 | @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT | |
3091 | ||
3092 | Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since | |
3093 | locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in | |
3094 | the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each | |
3095 | rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is | |
3096 | matched, before the associated action is run. | |
3097 | ||
3098 | Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location | |
3099 | dedicated code from semantic actions. | |
3100 | ||
3101 | The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is | |
3102 | the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). The second one | |
3103 | is an array holding locations of all right hand side elements of the rule | |
3104 | being matched. The last one is the size of the right hand side rule. | |
3105 | ||
3106 | By default, it is defined this way for simple @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers: | |
3107 | ||
3108 | @example | |
3109 | @group | |
3110 | #define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \ | |
3111 | Current.first_line = Rhs[1].first_line; \ | |
3112 | Current.first_column = Rhs[1].first_column; \ | |
3113 | Current.last_line = Rhs[N].last_line; \ | |
3114 | Current.last_column = Rhs[N].last_column; | |
3115 | @end group | |
3116 | @end example | |
3117 | ||
3118 | @noindent | |
3119 | and like this for @acronym{GLR} parsers: | |
3120 | ||
3121 | @example | |
3122 | @group | |
3123 | #define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \ | |
3124 | Current.first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs,1).first_line; \ | |
3125 | Current.first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs,1).first_column; \ | |
3126 | Current.last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs,N).last_line; \ | |
3127 | Current.last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs,N).last_column; | |
3128 | @end group | |
3129 | @end example | |
3130 | ||
3131 | When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that: | |
3132 | ||
3133 | @itemize @bullet | |
3134 | @item | |
3135 | All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the | |
3136 | result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}. | |
3137 | ||
3138 | @item | |
3139 | For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes for the location | |
3140 | array range from 1 to @var{n}. | |
3141 | @end itemize | |
3142 | ||
3143 | @node Declarations | |
3144 | @section Bison Declarations | |
3145 | @cindex declarations, Bison | |
3146 | @cindex Bison declarations | |
3147 | ||
3148 | The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols | |
3149 | used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values. | |
3150 | @xref{Symbols}. | |
3151 | ||
3152 | All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as | |
3153 | @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be | |
3154 | declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic | |
3155 | value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}). | |
3156 | ||
3157 | The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default. | |
3158 | If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare | |
3159 | it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free | |
3160 | Grammars}). | |
3161 | ||
3162 | @menu | |
3163 | * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols. | |
3164 | * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity. | |
3165 | * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types. | |
3166 | * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol. | |
3167 | * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about shift/reduce conflicts. | |
3168 | * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol. | |
3169 | * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser. | |
3170 | * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations. | |
3171 | @end menu | |
3172 | ||
3173 | @node Token Decl | |
3174 | @subsection Token Type Names | |
3175 | @cindex declaring token type names | |
3176 | @cindex token type names, declaring | |
3177 | @cindex declaring literal string tokens | |
3178 | @findex %token | |
3179 | ||
3180 | The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows: | |
3181 | ||
3182 | @example | |
3183 | %token @var{name} | |
3184 | @end example | |
3185 | ||
3186 | Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in | |
3187 | the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file) | |
3188 | can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code. | |
3189 | ||
3190 | Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or | |
3191 | @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify | |
3192 | associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator | |
3193 | Precedence}. | |
3194 | ||
3195 | You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending | |
3196 | an integer value in the field immediately following the token name: | |
3197 | ||
3198 | @example | |
3199 | %token NUM 300 | |
3200 | @end example | |
3201 | ||
3202 | @noindent | |
3203 | It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for | |
3204 | all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict | |
3205 | with each other or with normal characters. | |
3206 | ||
3207 | In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the | |
3208 | @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type | |
3209 | alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More | |
3210 | Than One Value Type}). | |
3211 | ||
3212 | For example: | |
3213 | ||
3214 | @example | |
3215 | @group | |
3216 | %union @{ /* define stack type */ | |
3217 | double val; | |
3218 | symrec *tptr; | |
3219 | @} | |
3220 | %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */ | |
3221 | @end group | |
3222 | @end example | |
3223 | ||
3224 | You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by | |
3225 | writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token} | |
3226 | declaration which declares the name. For example: | |
3227 | ||
3228 | @example | |
3229 | %token arrow "=>" | |
3230 | @end example | |
3231 | ||
3232 | @noindent | |
3233 | For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with | |
3234 | equivalent literal string tokens: | |
3235 | ||
3236 | @example | |
3237 | %token <operator> OR "||" | |
3238 | %token <operator> LE 134 "<=" | |
3239 | %left OR "<=" | |
3240 | @end example | |
3241 | ||
3242 | @noindent | |
3243 | Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them | |
3244 | interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The | |
3245 | @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to | |
3246 | obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}). | |
3247 | ||
3248 | @node Precedence Decl | |
3249 | @subsection Operator Precedence | |
3250 | @cindex precedence declarations | |
3251 | @cindex declaring operator precedence | |
3252 | @cindex operator precedence, declaring | |
3253 | ||
3254 | Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to | |
3255 | declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at | |
3256 | once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}. | |
3257 | @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on | |
3258 | operator precedence. | |
3259 | ||
3260 | The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of | |
3261 | @code{%token}: either | |
3262 | ||
3263 | @example | |
3264 | %left @var{symbols}@dots{} | |
3265 | @end example | |
3266 | ||
3267 | @noindent | |
3268 | or | |
3269 | ||
3270 | @example | |
3271 | %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{} | |
3272 | @end example | |
3273 | ||
3274 | And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}. | |
3275 | But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for | |
3276 | all the @var{symbols}: | |
3277 | ||
3278 | @itemize @bullet | |
3279 | @item | |
3280 | The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses | |
3281 | of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} | |
3282 | @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by | |
3283 | grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies | |
3284 | left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and | |
3285 | @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with | |
3286 | @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which | |
3287 | means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is | |
3288 | considered a syntax error. | |
3289 | ||
3290 | @item | |
3291 | The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators. | |
3292 | All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal | |
3293 | precedence and nest together according to their associativity. | |
3294 | When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate, | |
3295 | the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first. | |
3296 | @end itemize | |
3297 | ||
3298 | @node Union Decl | |
3299 | @subsection The Collection of Value Types | |
3300 | @cindex declaring value types | |
3301 | @cindex value types, declaring | |
3302 | @findex %union | |
3303 | ||
3304 | The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of possible | |
3305 | data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is followed by a | |
3306 | pair of braces containing the same thing that goes inside a @code{union} in | |
3307 | C. | |
3308 | ||
3309 | For example: | |
3310 | ||
3311 | @example | |
3312 | @group | |
3313 | %union @{ | |
3314 | double val; | |
3315 | symrec *tptr; | |
3316 | @} | |
3317 | @end group | |
3318 | @end example | |
3319 | ||
3320 | @noindent | |
3321 | This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec | |
3322 | *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used | |
3323 | in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types | |
3324 | for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}). | |
3325 | ||
3326 | Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you do not write | |
3327 | a semicolon after the closing brace. | |
3328 | ||
3329 | @node Type Decl | |
3330 | @subsection Nonterminal Symbols | |
3331 | @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals | |
3332 | @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring | |
3333 | @findex %type | |
3334 | ||
3335 | @noindent | |
3336 | When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must | |
3337 | declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are | |
3338 | used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this: | |
3339 | ||
3340 | @example | |
3341 | %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{} | |
3342 | @end example | |
3343 | ||
3344 | @noindent | |
3345 | Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and | |
3346 | @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative | |
3347 | that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You | |
3348 | can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type} | |
3349 | declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate | |
3350 | the symbol names. | |
3351 | ||
3352 | You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this, | |
3353 | use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the | |
3354 | terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow | |
3355 | @code{<@var{type}>}. | |
3356 | ||
3357 | @node Expect Decl | |
3358 | @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings | |
3359 | @cindex suppressing conflict warnings | |
3360 | @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts | |
3361 | @cindex warnings, preventing | |
3362 | @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of | |
3363 | @findex %expect | |
3364 | ||
3365 | Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar | |
3366 | (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars | |
3367 | have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable | |
3368 | way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress | |
3369 | the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts | |
3370 | changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration. | |
3371 | ||
3372 | The declaration looks like this: | |
3373 | ||
3374 | @example | |
3375 | %expect @var{n} | |
3376 | @end example | |
3377 | ||
3378 | Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should be | |
3379 | no warning if there are @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no | |
3380 | reduce/reduce conflicts. An error, instead of the usual warning, is | |
3381 | given if there are either more or fewer conflicts, or if there are any | |
3382 | reduce/reduce conflicts. | |
3383 | ||
3384 | In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps: | |
3385 | ||
3386 | @itemize @bullet | |
3387 | @item | |
3388 | Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option | |
3389 | to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also | |
3390 | print the number of conflicts. | |
3391 | ||
3392 | @item | |
3393 | Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default | |
3394 | resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and | |
3395 | go back to the beginning. | |
3396 | ||
3397 | @item | |
3398 | Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the | |
3399 | number which Bison printed. | |
3400 | @end itemize | |
3401 | ||
3402 | Now Bison will stop annoying you about the conflicts you have checked, but | |
3403 | it will warn you again if changes in the grammar result in additional | |
3404 | conflicts. | |
3405 | ||
3406 | @node Start Decl | |
3407 | @subsection The Start-Symbol | |
3408 | @cindex declaring the start symbol | |
3409 | @cindex start symbol, declaring | |
3410 | @cindex default start symbol | |
3411 | @findex %start | |
3412 | ||
3413 | Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first | |
3414 | nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer | |
3415 | may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows: | |
3416 | ||
3417 | @example | |
3418 | %start @var{symbol} | |
3419 | @end example | |
3420 | ||
3421 | @node Pure Decl | |
3422 | @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser | |
3423 | @cindex reentrant parser | |
3424 | @cindex pure parser | |
3425 | @findex %pure-parser | |
3426 | ||
3427 | A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of | |
3428 | execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only) | |
3429 | code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible; | |
3430 | for example, a non-reentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal | |
3431 | handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a non-reentrant | |
3432 | program must be called only within interlocks. | |
3433 | ||
3434 | Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is | |
3435 | suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The | |
3436 | standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use | |
3437 | statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex}, | |
3438 | including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.) | |
3439 | ||
3440 | Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison | |
3441 | declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be | |
3442 | reentrant. It looks like this: | |
3443 | ||
3444 | @example | |
3445 | %pure-parser | |
3446 | @end example | |
3447 | ||
3448 | The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and | |
3449 | @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different | |
3450 | calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function | |
3451 | @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure | |
3452 | Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also | |
3453 | becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error | |
3454 | Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling | |
3455 | @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged. | |
3456 | ||
3457 | Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules. | |
3458 | You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any | |
3459 | valid grammar. | |
3460 | ||
3461 | @node Decl Summary | |
3462 | @subsection Bison Declaration Summary | |
3463 | @cindex Bison declaration summary | |
3464 | @cindex declaration summary | |
3465 | @cindex summary, Bison declaration | |
3466 | ||
3467 | Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar: | |
3468 | ||
3469 | @table @code | |
3470 | @item %union | |
3471 | Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have | |
3472 | (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). | |
3473 | ||
3474 | @item %token | |
3475 | Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence | |
3476 | or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}). | |
3477 | ||
3478 | @item %right | |
3479 | Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative | |
3480 | (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}). | |
3481 | ||
3482 | @item %left | |
3483 | Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative | |
3484 | (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}). | |
3485 | ||
3486 | @item %nonassoc | |
3487 | Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative | |
3488 | (using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error) | |
3489 | (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}). | |
3490 | ||
3491 | @item %type | |
3492 | Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol | |
3493 | (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}). | |
3494 | ||
3495 | @item %start | |
3496 | Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The | |
3497 | Start-Symbol}). | |
3498 | ||
3499 | @item %expect | |
3500 | Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts | |
3501 | (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}). | |
3502 | @end table | |
3503 | ||
3504 | @sp 1 | |
3505 | @noindent | |
3506 | In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following | |
3507 | directives: | |
3508 | ||
3509 | @table @code | |
3510 | @item %debug | |
3511 | In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not | |
3512 | already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled. | |
3513 | @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}. | |
3514 | ||
3515 | @item %defines | |
3516 | Write an extra output file containing macro definitions for the token | |
3517 | type names defined in the grammar and the semantic value type | |
3518 | @code{YYSTYPE}, as well as a few @code{extern} variable declarations. | |
3519 | ||
3520 | If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file | |
3521 | is named @file{@var{name}.h}. | |
3522 | ||
3523 | This output file is essential if you wish to put the definition of | |
3524 | @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex} needs to | |
3525 | be able to refer to token type codes and the variable | |
3526 | @code{yylval}. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}. | |
3527 | ||
3528 | @item %file-prefix="@var{prefix}" | |
3529 | Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are | |
3530 | chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}. | |
3531 | ||
3532 | @c @item %header-extension | |
3533 | @c Specify the extension of the parser header file generated when | |
3534 | @c @code{%define} or @samp{-d} are used. | |
3535 | @c | |
3536 | @c For example, a grammar file named @file{foo.ypp} and containing a | |
3537 | @c @code{%header-extension .hh} directive will produce a header file | |
3538 | @c named @file{foo.tab.hh} | |
3539 | ||
3540 | @item %locations | |
3541 | Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features, | |
3542 | ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as | |
3543 | the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your | |
3544 | grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more | |
3545 | accurate parse error messages. | |
3546 | ||
3547 | @item %name-prefix="@var{prefix}" | |
3548 | Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with | |
3549 | @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed | |
3550 | is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, | |
3551 | @code{yylval}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and possible | |
3552 | @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the | |
3553 | names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex}, and so on. @xref{Multiple | |
3554 | Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same Program}. | |
3555 | ||
3556 | @item %no-parser | |
3557 | Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The | |
3558 | parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable | |
3559 | declarations. | |
3560 | ||
3561 | This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions | |
3562 | into a file named @file{@var{filename}.act}, in the form of a | |
3563 | brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement. | |
3564 | ||
3565 | @item %no-lines | |
3566 | Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser | |
3567 | file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that | |
3568 | the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with | |
3569 | your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to | |
3570 | associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source | |
3571 | file in its own right. | |
3572 | ||
3573 | @item %output="@var{filename}" | |
3574 | Specify the @var{filename} for the parser file. | |
3575 | ||
3576 | @item %pure-parser | |
3577 | Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure | |
3578 | (Reentrant) Parser}). | |
3579 | ||
3580 | @c @item %source-extension | |
3581 | @c Specify the extension of the parser output file. | |
3582 | @c | |
3583 | @c For example, a grammar file named @file{foo.yy} and containing a | |
3584 | @c @code{%source-extension .cpp} directive will produce a parser file | |
3585 | @c named @file{foo.tab.cpp} | |
3586 | ||
3587 | @item %token-table | |
3588 | Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the | |
3589 | array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the | |
3590 | token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first | |
3591 | three elements of @code{yytname} are always @code{"$end"}, | |
3592 | @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols | |
3593 | defined in the grammar file. | |
3594 | ||
3595 | For single-character literal tokens and literal string tokens, the name | |
3596 | in the table includes the single-quote or double-quote characters: for | |
3597 | example, @code{"'+'"} is a single-character literal and @code{"\"<=\""} | |
3598 | is a literal string token. All the characters of the literal string | |
3599 | token appear verbatim in the string found in the table; even | |
3600 | double-quote characters are not escaped. For example, if the token | |
3601 | consists of three characters @samp{*"*}, its string in @code{yytname} | |
3602 | contains @samp{"*"*"}. (In C, that would be written as | |
3603 | @code{"\"*\"*\""}). | |
3604 | ||
3605 | When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro | |
3606 | definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and | |
3607 | @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}: | |
3608 | ||
3609 | @table @code | |
3610 | @item YYNTOKENS | |
3611 | The highest token number, plus one. | |
3612 | @item YYNNTS | |
3613 | The number of nonterminal symbols. | |
3614 | @item YYNRULES | |
3615 | The number of grammar rules, | |
3616 | @item YYNSTATES | |
3617 | The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}). | |
3618 | @end table | |
3619 | ||
3620 | @item %verbose | |
3621 | Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the | |
3622 | parser states and what is done for each type of look-ahead token in | |
3623 | that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more | |
3624 | information. | |
3625 | ||
3626 | ||
3627 | ||
3628 | @item %yacc | |
3629 | Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc, | |
3630 | including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more. | |
3631 | @end table | |
3632 | ||
3633 | ||
3634 | ||
3635 | ||
3636 | @node Multiple Parsers | |
3637 | @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program | |
3638 | ||
3639 | Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain | |
3640 | only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one | |
3641 | language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict | |
3642 | between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on. | |
3643 | ||
3644 | The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}} | |
3645 | (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface | |
3646 | functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix} | |
3647 | instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct | |
3648 | names that do not conflict. | |
3649 | ||
3650 | The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, | |
3651 | @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yychar} and | |
3652 | @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c}, the names become | |
3653 | @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on. | |
3654 | ||
3655 | @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not | |
3656 | renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same | |
3657 | name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not | |
3658 | renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes | |
3659 | no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). | |
3660 | ||
3661 | The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning | |
3662 | of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as | |
3663 | @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one | |
3664 | name for the other in the entire parser file. | |
3665 | ||
3666 | @node Interface | |
3667 | @chapter Parser C-Language Interface | |
3668 | @cindex C-language interface | |
3669 | @cindex interface | |
3670 | ||
3671 | The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we | |
3672 | describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other | |
3673 | functions that it needs to use. | |
3674 | ||
3675 | Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with | |
3676 | @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an | |
3677 | identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue | |
3678 | in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble. | |
3679 | ||
3680 | @menu | |
3681 | * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns. | |
3682 | * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex} | |
3683 | which reads tokens. | |
3684 | * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}. | |
3685 | * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions. | |
3686 | @end menu | |
3687 | ||
3688 | @node Parser Function | |
3689 | @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse} | |
3690 | @findex yyparse | |
3691 | ||
3692 | You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This | |
3693 | function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it | |
3694 | encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also | |
3695 | write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately | |
3696 | without reading further. | |
3697 | ||
3698 | The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return | |
3699 | is due to end-of-input). | |
3700 | ||
3701 | The value is 1 if parsing failed (return is due to a syntax error). | |
3702 | ||
3703 | In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using | |
3704 | these macros: | |
3705 | ||
3706 | @table @code | |
3707 | @item YYACCEPT | |
3708 | @findex YYACCEPT | |
3709 | Return immediately with value 0 (to report success). | |
3710 | ||
3711 | @item YYABORT | |
3712 | @findex YYABORT | |
3713 | Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure). | |
3714 | @end table | |
3715 | ||
3716 | @node Lexical | |
3717 | @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex} | |
3718 | @findex yylex | |
3719 | @cindex lexical analyzer | |
3720 | ||
3721 | The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from | |
3722 | the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create | |
3723 | this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can | |
3724 | call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner. | |
3725 | ||
3726 | In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison | |
3727 | grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you | |
3728 | need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there. | |
3729 | To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will | |
3730 | write these macro definitions into a separate header file | |
3731 | @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files | |
3732 | that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}. | |
3733 | ||
3734 | @menu | |
3735 | * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}. | |
3736 | * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value | |
3737 | of the token it has read. | |
3738 | * Token Positions:: How @code{yylex} must return the text position | |
3739 | (line number, etc.) of the token, if the | |
3740 | actions want that. | |
3741 | * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs | |
3742 | in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}). | |
3743 | @end menu | |
3744 | ||
3745 | @node Calling Convention | |
3746 | @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex} | |
3747 | ||
3748 | The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code | |
3749 | for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value | |
3750 | signifies end-of-input. | |
3751 | ||
3752 | When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name | |
3753 | in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper | |
3754 | numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name | |
3755 | to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}. | |
3756 | ||
3757 | When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal, | |
3758 | the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type. | |
3759 | So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted | |
3760 | to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character | |
3761 | must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that | |
3762 | signifies end-of-input. | |
3763 | ||
3764 | Here is an example showing these things: | |
3765 | ||
3766 | @example | |
3767 | int | |
3768 | yylex (void) | |
3769 | @{ | |
3770 | @dots{} | |
3771 | if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */ | |
3772 | return 0; | |
3773 | @dots{} | |
3774 | if (c == '+' || c == '-') | |
3775 | return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */ | |
3776 | @dots{} | |
3777 | return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */ | |
3778 | @dots{} | |
3779 | @} | |
3780 | @end example | |
3781 | ||
3782 | @noindent | |
3783 | This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex} | |
3784 | utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}. | |
3785 | ||
3786 | If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that | |
3787 | @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them: | |
3788 | ||
3789 | @itemize @bullet | |
3790 | @item | |
3791 | If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the | |
3792 | literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like | |
3793 | all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in | |
3794 | the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}. | |
3795 | ||
3796 | @item | |
3797 | @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname} | |
3798 | table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code. | |
3799 | The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a | |
3800 | double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The | |
3801 | token's characters are not escaped in any way; they appear verbatim in | |
3802 | the contents of the string in the table. | |
3803 | ||
3804 | Here's code for looking up a token in @code{yytname}, assuming that the | |
3805 | characters of the token are stored in @code{token_buffer}. | |
3806 | ||
3807 | @smallexample | |
3808 | for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++) | |
3809 | @{ | |
3810 | if (yytname[i] != 0 | |
3811 | && yytname[i][0] == '"' | |
3812 | && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer, | |
3813 | strlen (token_buffer)) | |
3814 | && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"' | |
3815 | && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0) | |
3816 | break; | |
3817 | @} | |
3818 | @end smallexample | |
3819 | ||
3820 | The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the | |
3821 | @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}. | |
3822 | @end itemize | |
3823 | ||
3824 | @node Token Values | |
3825 | @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens | |
3826 | ||
3827 | @vindex yylval | |
3828 | In an ordinary (non-reentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must | |
3829 | be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using | |
3830 | just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type. | |
3831 | Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in | |
3832 | @code{yylex}: | |
3833 | ||
3834 | @example | |
3835 | @group | |
3836 | @dots{} | |
3837 | yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */ | |
3838 | return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */ | |
3839 | @dots{} | |
3840 | @end group | |
3841 | @end example | |
3842 | ||
3843 | When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union | |
3844 | made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The | |
3845 | Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you | |
3846 | must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union} | |
3847 | declaration looks like this: | |
3848 | ||
3849 | @example | |
3850 | @group | |
3851 | %union @{ | |
3852 | int intval; | |
3853 | double val; | |
3854 | symrec *tptr; | |
3855 | @} | |
3856 | @end group | |
3857 | @end example | |
3858 | ||
3859 | @noindent | |
3860 | then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this: | |
3861 | ||
3862 | @example | |
3863 | @group | |
3864 | @dots{} | |
3865 | yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */ | |
3866 | return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */ | |
3867 | @dots{} | |
3868 | @end group | |
3869 | @end example | |
3870 | ||
3871 | @node Token Positions | |
3872 | @subsection Textual Positions of Tokens | |
3873 | ||
3874 | @vindex yylloc | |
3875 | If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, , | |
3876 | Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the | |
3877 | textual locations of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this | |
3878 | information in @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to | |
3879 | find the textual location of a token just parsed in the global variable | |
3880 | @code{yylloc}. So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that | |
3881 | variable. | |
3882 | ||
3883 | By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only | |
3884 | initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The | |
3885 | four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, | |
3886 | @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this | |
3887 | feature makes the parser noticeably slower. | |
3888 | ||
3889 | @tindex YYLTYPE | |
3890 | The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}. | |
3891 | ||
3892 | @node Pure Calling | |
3893 | @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers | |
3894 | ||
3895 | When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a | |
3896 | pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval} | |
3897 | and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) | |
3898 | Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by | |
3899 | pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as | |
3900 | shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those | |
3901 | pointers. | |
3902 | ||
3903 | @example | |
3904 | int | |
3905 | yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp) | |
3906 | @{ | |
3907 | @dots{} | |
3908 | *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */ | |
3909 | return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */ | |
3910 | @dots{} | |
3911 | @} | |
3912 | @end example | |
3913 | ||
3914 | If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to | |
3915 | textual positions, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In | |
3916 | this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with | |
3917 | only one argument. | |
3918 | ||
3919 | @vindex YYPARSE_PARAM | |
3920 | If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional | |
3921 | parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, define the | |
3922 | macro @code{YYPARSE_PARAM} as a variable name. This modifies the | |
3923 | @code{yyparse} function to accept one argument, of type @code{void *}, | |
3924 | with that name. | |
3925 | ||
3926 | When you call @code{yyparse}, pass the address of an object, casting the | |
3927 | address to @code{void *}. The grammar actions can refer to the contents | |
3928 | of the object by casting the pointer value back to its proper type and | |
3929 | then dereferencing it. Here's an example. Write this in the parser: | |
3930 | ||
3931 | @example | |
3932 | %@{ | |
3933 | struct parser_control | |
3934 | @{ | |
3935 | int nastiness; | |
3936 | int randomness; | |
3937 | @}; | |
3938 | ||
3939 | #define YYPARSE_PARAM parm | |
3940 | %@} | |
3941 | @end example | |
3942 | ||
3943 | @noindent | |
3944 | Then call the parser like this: | |
3945 | ||
3946 | @example | |
3947 | struct parser_control | |
3948 | @{ | |
3949 | int nastiness; | |
3950 | int randomness; | |
3951 | @}; | |
3952 | ||
3953 | @dots{} | |
3954 | ||
3955 | @{ | |
3956 | struct parser_control foo; | |
3957 | @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{foo}.} */ | |
3958 | value = yyparse ((void *) &foo); | |
3959 | @dots{} | |
3960 | @} | |
3961 | @end example | |
3962 | ||
3963 | @noindent | |
3964 | In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data: | |
3965 | ||
3966 | @example | |
3967 | ((struct parser_control *) parm)->randomness | |
3968 | @end example | |
3969 | ||
3970 | @vindex YYLEX_PARAM | |
3971 | If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, | |
3972 | define the macro @code{YYLEX_PARAM} just like @code{YYPARSE_PARAM}, as | |
3973 | shown here: | |
3974 | ||
3975 | @example | |
3976 | %@{ | |
3977 | struct parser_control | |
3978 | @{ | |
3979 | int nastiness; | |
3980 | int randomness; | |
3981 | @}; | |
3982 | ||
3983 | #define YYPARSE_PARAM parm | |
3984 | #define YYLEX_PARAM parm | |
3985 | %@} | |
3986 | @end example | |
3987 | ||
3988 | You should then define @code{yylex} to accept one additional | |
3989 | argument---the value of @code{parm}. (This makes either two or three | |
3990 | arguments in total, depending on whether an argument of type | |
3991 | @code{YYLTYPE} is passed.) You can declare the argument as a pointer to | |
3992 | the proper object type, or you can declare it as @code{void *} and | |
3993 | access the contents as shown above. | |
3994 | ||
3995 | You can use @samp{%pure-parser} to request a reentrant parser without | |
3996 | also using @code{YYPARSE_PARAM}. Then you should call @code{yyparse} | |
3997 | with no arguments, as usual. | |
3998 | ||
3999 | @node Error Reporting | |
4000 | @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror} | |
4001 | @cindex error reporting function | |
4002 | @findex yyerror | |
4003 | @cindex parse error | |
4004 | @cindex syntax error | |
4005 | ||
4006 | The Bison parser detects a @dfn{parse error} or @dfn{syntax error} | |
4007 | whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An | |
4008 | action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the | |
4009 | macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use | |
4010 | in Actions}). | |
4011 | ||
4012 | The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error | |
4013 | reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is | |
4014 | called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it | |
4015 | receives one argument. For a parse error, the string is normally | |
4016 | @w{@code{"parse error"}}. | |
4017 | ||
4018 | @findex YYERROR_VERBOSE | |
4019 | If you define the macro @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE} in the Bison declarations | |
4020 | section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations Section}), | |
4021 | then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message string | |
4022 | instead of just plain @w{@code{"parse error"}}. It doesn't matter what | |
4023 | definition you use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define | |
4024 | it. | |
4025 | ||
4026 | The parser can detect one other kind of error: stack overflow. This | |
4027 | happens when the input contains constructions that are very deeply | |
4028 | nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison | |
4029 | parser extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But | |
4030 | if overflow happens, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual | |
4031 | fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"parser stack | |
4032 | overflow"}}. | |
4033 | ||
4034 | The following definition suffices in simple programs: | |
4035 | ||
4036 | @example | |
4037 | @group | |
4038 | void | |
4039 | yyerror (char *s) | |
4040 | @{ | |
4041 | @end group | |
4042 | @group | |
4043 | fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s); | |
4044 | @} | |
4045 | @end group | |
4046 | @end example | |
4047 | ||
4048 | After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt | |
4049 | error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules | |
4050 | (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will | |
4051 | immediately return 1. | |
4052 | ||
4053 | @vindex yynerrs | |
4054 | The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors | |
4055 | encountered so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you | |
4056 | request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}) | |
4057 | then it is a local variable which only the actions can access. | |
4058 | ||
4059 | @node Action Features | |
4060 | @section Special Features for Use in Actions | |
4061 | @cindex summary, action features | |
4062 | @cindex action features summary | |
4063 | ||
4064 | Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that | |
4065 | are useful in actions. | |
4066 | ||
4067 | @table @samp | |
4068 | @item $$ | |
4069 | Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the | |
4070 | grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}. | |
4071 | ||
4072 | @item $@var{n} | |
4073 | Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the | |
4074 | @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}. | |
4075 | ||
4076 | @item $<@var{typealt}>$ | |
4077 | Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union | |
4078 | specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data | |
4079 | Types of Values in Actions}. | |
4080 | ||
4081 | @item $<@var{typealt}>@var{n} | |
4082 | Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the | |
4083 | union specified by the @code{%union} declaration. | |
4084 | @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}. | |
4085 | ||
4086 | @item YYABORT; | |
4087 | Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure. | |
4088 | @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}. | |
4089 | ||
4090 | @item YYACCEPT; | |
4091 | Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success. | |
4092 | @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}. | |
4093 | ||
4094 | @item YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value}); | |
4095 | @findex YYBACKUP | |
4096 | Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce | |
4097 | a single value, and only when there is no look-ahead token. | |
4098 | It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers. | |
4099 | It installs a look-ahead token with token type @var{token} and | |
4100 | semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was | |
4101 | going to be reduced by this rule. | |
4102 | ||
4103 | If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is | |
4104 | a look-ahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with | |
4105 | a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error | |
4106 | recovery. | |
4107 | ||
4108 | In either case, the rest of the action is not executed. | |
4109 | ||
4110 | @item YYEMPTY | |
4111 | @vindex YYEMPTY | |
4112 | Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no look-ahead token. | |
4113 | ||
4114 | @item YYERROR; | |
4115 | @findex YYERROR | |
4116 | Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error | |
4117 | recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it | |
4118 | does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you | |
4119 | want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before | |
4120 | the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}. | |
4121 | ||
4122 | @item YYRECOVERING | |
4123 | This macro stands for an expression that has the value 1 when the parser | |
4124 | is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the rest of the time. | |
4125 | @xref{Error Recovery}. | |
4126 | ||
4127 | @item yychar | |
4128 | Variable containing the current look-ahead token. (In a pure parser, | |
4129 | this is actually a local variable within @code{yyparse}.) When there is | |
4130 | no look-ahead token, the value @code{YYEMPTY} is stored in the variable. | |
4131 | @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}. | |
4132 | ||
4133 | @item yyclearin; | |
4134 | Discard the current look-ahead token. This is useful primarily in | |
4135 | error rules. @xref{Error Recovery}. | |
4136 | ||
4137 | @item yyerrok; | |
4138 | Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax | |
4139 | errors. This is useful primarily in error rules. | |
4140 | @xref{Error Recovery}. | |
4141 | ||
4142 | @item @@$ | |
4143 | @findex @@$ | |
4144 | Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual position | |
4145 | of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, , | |
4146 | Tracking Locations}. | |
4147 | ||
4148 | @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not. | |
4149 | ||
4150 | @c @example | |
4151 | @c struct @{ | |
4152 | @c int first_line, last_line; | |
4153 | @c int first_column, last_column; | |
4154 | @c @}; | |
4155 | @c @end example | |
4156 | ||
4157 | @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would | |
4158 | @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}. | |
4159 | ||
4160 | @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information, | |
4161 | @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token. | |
4162 | @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in | |
4163 | @c those members. | |
4164 | ||
4165 | @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower. | |
4166 | ||
4167 | @item @@@var{n} | |
4168 | @findex @@@var{n} | |
4169 | Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual position | |
4170 | of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, , | |
4171 | Tracking Locations}. | |
4172 | ||
4173 | @end table | |
4174 | ||
4175 | @node Algorithm | |
4176 | @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm | |
4177 | @cindex Bison parser algorithm | |
4178 | @cindex algorithm of parser | |
4179 | @cindex shifting | |
4180 | @cindex reduction | |
4181 | @cindex parser stack | |
4182 | @cindex stack, parser | |
4183 | ||
4184 | As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their | |
4185 | semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a | |
4186 | token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}. | |
4187 | ||
4188 | For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a | |
4189 | @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token | |
4190 | that was shifted. | |
4191 | ||
4192 | But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When | |
4193 | the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a | |
4194 | grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called | |
4195 | @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a | |
4196 | single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule. | |
4197 | Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this | |
4198 | is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping. | |
4199 | ||
4200 | For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this: | |
4201 | ||
4202 | @example | |
4203 | 1 + 5 * 3 | |
4204 | @end example | |
4205 | ||
4206 | @noindent | |
4207 | and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three | |
4208 | elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule: | |
4209 | ||
4210 | @example | |
4211 | expr: expr '*' expr; | |
4212 | @end example | |
4213 | ||
4214 | @noindent | |
4215 | Then the stack contains just these three elements: | |
4216 | ||
4217 | @example | |
4218 | 1 + 15 | |
4219 | @end example | |
4220 | ||
4221 | @noindent | |
4222 | At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value | |
4223 | 16. Then the newline token can be shifted. | |
4224 | ||
4225 | The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down | |
4226 | to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol | |
4227 | (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}). | |
4228 | ||
4229 | This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser. | |
4230 | ||
4231 | @menu | |
4232 | * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do. | |
4233 | * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid. | |
4234 | * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts. | |
4235 | * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context. | |
4236 | * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack. | |
4237 | * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation. | |
4238 | * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified. | |
4239 | * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars. | |
4240 | * Stack Overflow:: What happens when stack gets full. How to avoid it. | |
4241 | @end menu | |
4242 | ||
4243 | @node Look-Ahead | |
4244 | @section Look-Ahead Tokens | |
4245 | @cindex look-ahead token | |
4246 | ||
4247 | The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the | |
4248 | last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a | |
4249 | simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a | |
4250 | reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next | |
4251 | token in order to decide what to do. | |
4252 | ||
4253 | When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the | |
4254 | @dfn{look-ahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can | |
4255 | perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while | |
4256 | the look-ahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions | |
4257 | should take place, the look-ahead token is shifted onto the stack. This | |
4258 | does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the | |
4259 | token type of the look-ahead token, some rules may choose to delay their | |
4260 | application. | |
4261 | ||
4262 | Here is a simple case where look-ahead is needed. These three rules define | |
4263 | expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary | |
4264 | factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping. | |
4265 | ||
4266 | @example | |
4267 | @group | |
4268 | expr: term '+' expr | |
4269 | | term | |
4270 | ; | |
4271 | @end group | |
4272 | ||
4273 | @group | |
4274 | term: '(' expr ')' | |
4275 | | term '!' | |
4276 | | NUMBER | |
4277 | ; | |
4278 | @end group | |
4279 | @end example | |
4280 | ||
4281 | Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what | |
4282 | should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three | |
4283 | tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid | |
4284 | course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols | |
4285 | @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this. | |
4286 | ||
4287 | If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so | |
4288 | that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the | |
4289 | parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an | |
4290 | @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because | |
4291 | doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr | |
4292 | '!'}. No rule allows that sequence. | |
4293 | ||
4294 | @vindex yychar | |
4295 | The current look-ahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}. | |
4296 | @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}. | |
4297 | ||
4298 | @node Shift/Reduce | |
4299 | @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts | |
4300 | @cindex conflicts | |
4301 | @cindex shift/reduce conflicts | |
4302 | @cindex dangling @code{else} | |
4303 | @cindex @code{else}, dangling | |
4304 | ||
4305 | Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else | |
4306 | statements, with a pair of rules like this: | |
4307 | ||
4308 | @example | |
4309 | @group | |
4310 | if_stmt: | |
4311 | IF expr THEN stmt | |
4312 | | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt | |
4313 | ; | |
4314 | @end group | |
4315 | @end example | |
4316 | ||
4317 | @noindent | |
4318 | Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are | |
4319 | terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens. | |
4320 | ||
4321 | When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the look-ahead token, the | |
4322 | contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for | |
4323 | reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the | |
4324 | @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second | |
4325 | rule. | |
4326 | ||
4327 | This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is | |
4328 | called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve | |
4329 | these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by | |
4330 | operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's | |
4331 | contrast it with the other alternative. | |
4332 | ||
4333 | Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach | |
4334 | the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs | |
4335 | equivalent: | |
4336 | ||
4337 | @example | |
4338 | if x then if y then win (); else lose; | |
4339 | ||
4340 | if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end; | |
4341 | @end example | |
4342 | ||
4343 | But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the | |
4344 | result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement, | |
4345 | making these two inputs equivalent: | |
4346 | ||
4347 | @example | |
4348 | if x then if y then win (); else lose; | |
4349 | ||
4350 | if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose; | |
4351 | @end example | |
4352 | ||
4353 | The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either | |
4354 | parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established | |
4355 | convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the | |
4356 | else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes | |
4357 | by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to | |
4358 | write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.) | |
4359 | This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of | |
4360 | Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity. | |
4361 | ||
4362 | To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce | |
4363 | conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no | |
4364 | warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}. | |
4365 | @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}. | |
4366 | ||
4367 | The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the | |
4368 | conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional | |
4369 | rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the | |
4370 | conflict: | |
4371 | ||
4372 | @example | |
4373 | @group | |
4374 | %token IF THEN ELSE variable | |
4375 | %% | |
4376 | @end group | |
4377 | @group | |
4378 | stmt: expr | |
4379 | | if_stmt | |
4380 | ; | |
4381 | @end group | |
4382 | ||
4383 | @group | |
4384 | if_stmt: | |
4385 | IF expr THEN stmt | |
4386 | | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt | |
4387 | ; | |
4388 | @end group | |
4389 | ||
4390 | expr: variable | |
4391 | ; | |
4392 | @end example | |
4393 | ||
4394 | @node Precedence | |
4395 | @section Operator Precedence | |
4396 | @cindex operator precedence | |
4397 | @cindex precedence of operators | |
4398 | ||
4399 | Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic | |
4400 | expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the | |
4401 | Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to | |
4402 | shift and when to reduce. | |
4403 | ||
4404 | @menu | |
4405 | * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed. | |
4406 | * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars. | |
4407 | * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example. | |
4408 | * How Precedence:: How they work. | |
4409 | @end menu | |
4410 | ||
4411 | @node Why Precedence | |
4412 | @subsection When Precedence is Needed | |
4413 | ||
4414 | Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the | |
4415 | input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways): | |
4416 | ||
4417 | @example | |
4418 | @group | |
4419 | expr: expr '-' expr | |
4420 | | expr '*' expr | |
4421 | | expr '<' expr | |
4422 | | '(' expr ')' | |
4423 | @dots{} | |
4424 | ; | |
4425 | @end group | |
4426 | @end example | |
4427 | ||
4428 | @noindent | |
4429 | Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2}; | |
4430 | should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It | |
4431 | depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we | |
4432 | must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the | |
4433 | token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if | |
4434 | the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either | |
4435 | shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with | |
4436 | different results. | |
4437 | ||
4438 | To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If | |
4439 | the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced | |
4440 | first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference. | |
4441 | The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other | |
4442 | hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result | |
4443 | is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or | |
4444 | reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators | |
4445 | @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not | |
4446 | @samp{<}. | |
4447 | ||
4448 | @cindex associativity | |
4449 | What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be | |
4450 | @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most | |
4451 | operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}. | |
4452 | The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for | |
4453 | assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a | |
4454 | matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack | |
4455 | contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the look-ahead token is @samp{-}: shifting | |
4456 | makes right-associativity. | |
4457 | ||
4458 | @node Using Precedence | |
4459 | @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence | |
4460 | @findex %left | |
4461 | @findex %right | |
4462 | @findex %nonassoc | |
4463 | ||
4464 | Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence | |
4465 | declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration | |
4466 | contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and | |
4467 | associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all | |
4468 | those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes | |
4469 | them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which | |
4470 | declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a | |
4471 | row''. | |
4472 | ||
4473 | The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the | |
4474 | order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or | |
4475 | @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose | |
4476 | precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators | |
4477 | whose precedence is a little higher, and so on. | |
4478 | ||
4479 | @node Precedence Examples | |
4480 | @subsection Precedence Examples | |
4481 | ||
4482 | In our example, we would want the following declarations: | |
4483 | ||
4484 | @example | |
4485 | %left '<' | |
4486 | %left '-' | |
4487 | %left '*' | |
4488 | @end example | |
4489 | ||
4490 | In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we | |
4491 | would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is | |
4492 | declared with @code{'-'}: | |
4493 | ||
4494 | @example | |
4495 | %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE | |
4496 | %left '+' '-' | |
4497 | %left '*' '/' | |
4498 | @end example | |
4499 | ||
4500 | @noindent | |
4501 | (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal'' | |
4502 | and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long | |
4503 | and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.) | |
4504 | ||
4505 | @node How Precedence | |
4506 | @subsection How Precedence Works | |
4507 | ||
4508 | The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence | |
4509 | levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign | |
4510 | precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from | |
4511 | the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also | |
4512 | specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual | |
4513 | Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.) | |
4514 | ||
4515 | Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence | |
4516 | of the rule being considered with that of the look-ahead token. If the | |
4517 | token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's | |
4518 | precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal | |
4519 | precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that | |
4520 | precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v} | |
4521 | (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was | |
4522 | resolved. | |
4523 | ||
4524 | Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or | |
4525 | the look-ahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift. | |
4526 | ||
4527 | @node Contextual Precedence | |
4528 | @section Context-Dependent Precedence | |
4529 | @cindex context-dependent precedence | |
4530 | @cindex unary operator precedence | |
4531 | @cindex precedence, context-dependent | |
4532 | @cindex precedence, unary operator | |
4533 | @findex %prec | |
4534 | ||
4535 | Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds | |
4536 | outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus | |
4537 | sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a | |
4538 | somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator. | |
4539 | ||
4540 | The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and | |
4541 | @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has | |
4542 | only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent | |
4543 | precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec} | |
4544 | modifier for rules. | |
4545 | ||
4546 | The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by | |
4547 | specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule. | |
4548 | It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The | |
4549 | modifier's syntax is: | |
4550 | ||
4551 | @example | |
4552 | %prec @var{terminal-symbol} | |
4553 | @end example | |
4554 | ||
4555 | @noindent | |
4556 | and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to | |
4557 | assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding | |
4558 | the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The | |
4559 | altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule | |
4560 | are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}). | |
4561 | ||
4562 | Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare | |
4563 | a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There | |
4564 | are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its | |
4565 | precedence: | |
4566 | ||
4567 | @example | |
4568 | @dots{} | |
4569 | %left '+' '-' | |
4570 | %left '*' | |
4571 | %left UMINUS | |
4572 | @end example | |
4573 | ||
4574 | Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules: | |
4575 | ||
4576 | @example | |
4577 | @group | |
4578 | exp: @dots{} | |
4579 | | exp '-' exp | |
4580 | @dots{} | |
4581 | | '-' exp %prec UMINUS | |
4582 | @end group | |
4583 | @end example | |
4584 | ||
4585 | @node Parser States | |
4586 | @section Parser States | |
4587 | @cindex finite-state machine | |
4588 | @cindex parser state | |
4589 | @cindex state (of parser) | |
4590 | ||
4591 | The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine. | |
4592 | The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they | |
4593 | represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or | |
4594 | near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information | |
4595 | about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next. | |
4596 | ||
4597 | Each time a look-ahead token is read, the current parser state together | |
4598 | with the type of look-ahead token are looked up in a table. This table | |
4599 | entry can say, ``Shift the look-ahead token.'' In this case, it also | |
4600 | specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the | |
4601 | parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.'' | |
4602 | This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off | |
4603 | the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words, | |
4604 | that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is | |
4605 | pushed. | |
4606 | ||
4607 | There is one other alternative: the table can say that the look-ahead token | |
4608 | is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin | |
4609 | (@pxref{Error Recovery}). | |
4610 | ||
4611 | @node Reduce/Reduce | |
4612 | @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts | |
4613 | @cindex reduce/reduce conflict | |
4614 | @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce | |
4615 | ||
4616 | A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply | |
4617 | to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error | |
4618 | in the grammar. | |
4619 | ||
4620 | For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence | |
4621 | of zero or more @code{word} groupings. | |
4622 | ||
4623 | @example | |
4624 | sequence: /* empty */ | |
4625 | @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @} | |
4626 | | maybeword | |
4627 | | sequence word | |
4628 | @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @} | |
4629 | ; | |
4630 | ||
4631 | maybeword: /* empty */ | |
4632 | @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @} | |
4633 | | word | |
4634 | @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @} | |
4635 | ; | |
4636 | @end example | |
4637 | ||
4638 | @noindent | |
4639 | The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single | |
4640 | @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a | |
4641 | @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule. | |
4642 | Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence} | |
4643 | via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word} | |
4644 | using the third rule for @code{sequence}. | |
4645 | ||
4646 | There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a | |
4647 | @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule, | |
4648 | or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule. | |
4649 | ||
4650 | You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it | |
4651 | does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does | |
4652 | affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's | |
4653 | action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action. | |
4654 | In this example, the output of the program changes. | |
4655 | ||
4656 | Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that | |
4657 | appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every | |
4658 | reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the | |
4659 | proper way to define @code{sequence}: | |
4660 | ||
4661 | @example | |
4662 | sequence: /* empty */ | |
4663 | @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @} | |
4664 | | sequence word | |
4665 | @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @} | |
4666 | ; | |
4667 | @end example | |
4668 | ||
4669 | Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict: | |
4670 | ||
4671 | @example | |
4672 | sequence: /* empty */ | |
4673 | | sequence words | |
4674 | | sequence redirects | |
4675 | ; | |
4676 | ||
4677 | words: /* empty */ | |
4678 | | words word | |
4679 | ; | |
4680 | ||
4681 | redirects:/* empty */ | |
4682 | | redirects redirect | |
4683 | ; | |
4684 | @end example | |
4685 | ||
4686 | @noindent | |
4687 | The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either | |
4688 | @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of | |
4689 | @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the | |
4690 | three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed | |
4691 | in infinitely many ways! | |
4692 | ||
4693 | Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two | |
4694 | @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a | |
4695 | @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words} | |
4696 | followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on. | |
4697 | ||
4698 | Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level | |
4699 | of sequence: | |
4700 | ||
4701 | @example | |
4702 | sequence: /* empty */ | |
4703 | | sequence word | |
4704 | | sequence redirect | |
4705 | ; | |
4706 | @end example | |
4707 | ||
4708 | Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects} | |
4709 | from being empty: | |
4710 | ||
4711 | @example | |
4712 | sequence: /* empty */ | |
4713 | | sequence words | |
4714 | | sequence redirects | |
4715 | ; | |
4716 | ||
4717 | words: word | |
4718 | | words word | |
4719 | ; | |
4720 | ||
4721 | redirects:redirect | |
4722 | | redirects redirect | |
4723 | ; | |
4724 | @end example | |
4725 | ||
4726 | @node Mystery Conflicts | |
4727 | @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts | |
4728 | ||
4729 | Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted. | |
4730 | Here is an example: | |
4731 | ||
4732 | @example | |
4733 | @group | |
4734 | %token ID | |
4735 | ||
4736 | %% | |
4737 | def: param_spec return_spec ',' | |
4738 | ; | |
4739 | param_spec: | |
4740 | type | |
4741 | | name_list ':' type | |
4742 | ; | |
4743 | @end group | |
4744 | @group | |
4745 | return_spec: | |
4746 | type | |
4747 | | name ':' type | |
4748 | ; | |
4749 | @end group | |
4750 | @group | |
4751 | type: ID | |
4752 | ; | |
4753 | @end group | |
4754 | @group | |
4755 | name: ID | |
4756 | ; | |
4757 | name_list: | |
4758 | name | |
4759 | | name ',' name_list | |
4760 | ; | |
4761 | @end group | |
4762 | @end example | |
4763 | ||
4764 | It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token | |
4765 | of look-ahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is | |
4766 | a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another | |
4767 | @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1). | |
4768 | ||
4769 | @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) | |
4770 | @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) | |
4771 | However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all | |
4772 | @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after | |
4773 | an @code{ID} | |
4774 | at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of | |
4775 | a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the | |
4776 | same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be | |
4777 | active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to | |
4778 | a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing | |
4779 | that the rules would require different look-ahead tokens in the two | |
4780 | contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining | |
4781 | the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this | |
4782 | occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1). | |
4783 | ||
4784 | In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But | |
4785 | this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser | |
4786 | generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write | |
4787 | and tend to | |
4788 | produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful | |
4789 | as it is now. | |
4790 | ||
4791 | When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two | |
4792 | parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them | |
4793 | look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to | |
4794 | @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away: | |
4795 | ||
4796 | @example | |
4797 | @group | |
4798 | %token BOGUS | |
4799 | @dots{} | |
4800 | %% | |
4801 | @dots{} | |
4802 | return_spec: | |
4803 | type | |
4804 | | name ':' type | |
4805 | /* This rule is never used. */ | |
4806 | | ID BOGUS | |
4807 | ; | |
4808 | @end group | |
4809 | @end example | |
4810 | ||
4811 | This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an | |
4812 | additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of | |
4813 | @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context | |
4814 | in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states. | |
4815 | As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex}, | |
4816 | the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed. | |
4817 | ||
4818 | In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem: | |
4819 | rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly | |
4820 | instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing | |
4821 | contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for | |
4822 | @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec} | |
4823 | rather than the one for @code{name}. | |
4824 | ||
4825 | @example | |
4826 | param_spec: | |
4827 | type | |
4828 | | name_list ':' type | |
4829 | ; | |
4830 | return_spec: | |
4831 | type | |
4832 | | ID ':' type | |
4833 | ; | |
4834 | @end example | |
4835 | ||
4836 | @node Generalized LR Parsing | |
4837 | @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing | |
4838 | @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing | |
4839 | @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing | |
4840 | @cindex ambiguous grammars | |
4841 | @cindex non-deterministic parsing | |
4842 | ||
4843 | Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely | |
4844 | when to reduce and which reduction to apply | |
4845 | based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of lookahead. | |
4846 | As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of | |
4847 | context-free languages. | |
4848 | Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible | |
4849 | sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense. | |
4850 | The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of | |
4851 | lookahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a | |
4852 | decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser. | |
4853 | Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}), | |
4854 | there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to | |
4855 | summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information. | |
4856 | ||
4857 | When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file, | |
4858 | Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called | |
4859 | Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR} | |
4860 | parser uses the same basic | |
4861 | algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves | |
4862 | differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not | |
4863 | been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a | |
4864 | reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a | |
4865 | situation, it | |
4866 | effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible | |
4867 | shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming | |
4868 | tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts | |
4869 | and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states, | |
4870 | a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states. | |
4871 | ||
4872 | In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse | |
4873 | is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case | |
4874 | the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics | |
4875 | actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed | |
4876 | immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never | |
4877 | get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent, | |
4878 | their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that | |
4879 | results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent | |
4880 | when they both represent the same sequence of states, | |
4881 | and each pair of corresponding states represents a | |
4882 | grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token | |
4883 | stream. | |
4884 | ||
4885 | Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple | |
4886 | states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing | |
4887 | algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions. | |
4888 | At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic | |
4889 | values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The | |
4890 | parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule | |
4891 | has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec} | |
4892 | declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by | |
4893 | precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both | |
4894 | rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration, | |
4895 | Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on | |
4896 | the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity. | |
4897 | ||
4898 | It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that | |
4899 | permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the | |
4900 | size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily | |
4901 | @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in | |
4902 | quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous) | |
4903 | context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently | |
4904 | uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the | |
4905 | length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any | |
4906 | prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or non-deterministic | |
4907 | grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly | |
4908 | behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest. | |
4909 | Usually, non-determinism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in | |
4910 | doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data | |
4911 | structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a | |
4912 | grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default | |
4913 | Bison parser. | |
4914 | ||
4915 | @node Stack Overflow | |
4916 | @section Stack Overflow, and How to Avoid It | |
4917 | @cindex stack overflow | |
4918 | @cindex parser stack overflow | |
4919 | @cindex overflow of parser stack | |
4920 | ||
4921 | The Bison parser stack can overflow if too many tokens are shifted and | |
4922 | not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse} | |
4923 | returns a nonzero value, pausing only to call @code{yyerror} to report | |
4924 | the overflow. | |
4925 | ||
4926 | Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit | |
4927 | usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left | |
4928 | recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}. | |
4929 | ||
4930 | @vindex YYMAXDEPTH | |
4931 | By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the | |
4932 | parser stack can become before a stack overflow occurs. Define the | |
4933 | macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number | |
4934 | of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow. | |
4935 | It must be a constant expression whose value is known at compile time. | |
4936 | ||
4937 | The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a | |
4938 | large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser actually allocates a small | |
4939 | stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This | |
4940 | increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore, | |
4941 | you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save | |
4942 | space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack. | |
4943 | ||
4944 | @cindex default stack limit | |
4945 | The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is | |
4946 | 10000. | |
4947 | ||
4948 | @vindex YYINITDEPTH | |
4949 | You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the | |
4950 | macro @code{YYINITDEPTH}. This value too must be a compile-time | |
4951 | constant integer. The default is 200. | |
4952 | ||
4953 | @c FIXME: C++ output. | |
4954 | Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the | |
4955 | @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers | |
4956 | in C produced by Bison by compiled as C++ cannot grow. In this precise | |
4957 | case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are suggested to grow | |
4958 | @code{YYINITDEPTH}. In the near future, a C++ output output will be | |
4959 | provided which addresses this issue. | |
4960 | ||
4961 | @node Error Recovery | |
4962 | @chapter Error Recovery | |
4963 | @cindex error recovery | |
4964 | @cindex recovery from errors | |
4965 | ||
4966 | It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a parse | |
4967 | error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the | |
4968 | rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept | |
4969 | another expression. | |
4970 | ||
4971 | In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may | |
4972 | be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the | |
4973 | caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call | |
4974 | @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it | |
4975 | forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error | |
4976 | deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler | |
4977 | to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file. | |
4978 | ||
4979 | @findex error | |
4980 | You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to | |
4981 | recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that | |
4982 | is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error | |
4983 | handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a | |
4984 | syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token | |
4985 | in the current context, the parse can continue. | |
4986 | ||
4987 | For example: | |
4988 | ||
4989 | @example | |
4990 | stmnts: /* empty string */ | |
4991 | | stmnts '\n' | |
4992 | | stmnts exp '\n' | |
4993 | | stmnts error '\n' | |
4994 | @end example | |
4995 | ||
4996 | The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline | |
4997 | makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}. | |
4998 | ||
4999 | What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The | |
5000 | error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence | |
5001 | of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in | |
5002 | the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens | |
5003 | and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there | |
5004 | will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not | |
5005 | applicable in the ordinary way. | |
5006 | ||
5007 | But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of | |
5008 | the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states and | |
5009 | objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the | |
5010 | @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions | |
5011 | already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.) At | |
5012 | this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old | |
5013 | look-ahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads | |
5014 | tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In | |
5015 | this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline | |
5016 | so that the fourth rule can apply. | |
5017 | ||
5018 | The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for | |
5019 | error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of | |
5020 | the current input line or current statement if an error is detected: | |
5021 | ||
5022 | @example | |
5023 | stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */ | |
5024 | @end example | |
5025 | ||
5026 | It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an | |
5027 | opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the | |
5028 | close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another, | |
5029 | spurious error message: | |
5030 | ||
5031 | @example | |
5032 | primary: '(' expr ')' | |
5033 | | '(' error ')' | |
5034 | @dots{} | |
5035 | ; | |
5036 | @end example | |
5037 | ||
5038 | Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong, | |
5039 | one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error | |
5040 | recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one | |
5041 | @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the | |
5042 | middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers | |
5043 | from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway, | |
5044 | since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid | |
5045 | @code{stmnt}. | |
5046 | ||
5047 | To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error | |
5048 | message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only | |
5049 | after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will | |
5050 | error messages resume. | |
5051 | ||
5052 | Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just | |
5053 | as any other rules can. | |
5054 | ||
5055 | @findex yyerrok | |
5056 | You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro | |
5057 | @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no | |
5058 | error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments; | |
5059 | @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement. | |
5060 | ||
5061 | @findex yyclearin | |
5062 | The previous look-ahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If | |
5063 | this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear | |
5064 | this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's | |
5065 | action. | |
5066 | ||
5067 | For example, suppose that on a parse error, an error handling routine is | |
5068 | called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should | |
5069 | once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is | |
5070 | probably correct. The previous look-ahead token ought to be discarded | |
5071 | with @samp{yyclearin;}. | |
5072 | ||
5073 | @vindex YYRECOVERING | |
5074 | The macro @code{YYRECOVERING} stands for an expression that has the | |
5075 | value 1 when the parser is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the | |
5076 | rest of the time. A value of 1 indicates that error messages are | |
5077 | currently suppressed for new syntax errors. | |
5078 | ||
5079 | @node Context Dependency | |
5080 | @chapter Handling Context Dependencies | |
5081 | ||
5082 | The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger | |
5083 | syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by | |
5084 | its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques | |
5085 | (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such | |
5086 | languages. | |
5087 | ||
5088 | @menu | |
5089 | * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context. | |
5090 | * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context. | |
5091 | * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how | |
5092 | error recovery rules must be written. | |
5093 | @end menu | |
5094 | ||
5095 | (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is | |
5096 | neither clean nor robust.) | |
5097 | ||
5098 | @node Semantic Tokens | |
5099 | @section Semantic Info in Token Types | |
5100 | ||
5101 | The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used | |
5102 | depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this: | |
5103 | ||
5104 | @example | |
5105 | foo (x); | |
5106 | @end example | |
5107 | ||
5108 | This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef | |
5109 | name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison | |
5110 | parser for C decide how to parse this input? | |
5111 | ||
5112 | The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types, | |
5113 | @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an | |
5114 | identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order | |
5115 | to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is | |
5116 | declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise. | |
5117 | ||
5118 | The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of | |
5119 | token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression, | |
5120 | but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but | |
5121 | @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier | |
5122 | is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a | |
5123 | typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is | |
5124 | accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types. | |
5125 | ||
5126 | This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of | |
5127 | identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is | |
5128 | parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to | |
5129 | redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified | |
5130 | earlier: | |
5131 | ||
5132 | @example | |
5133 | typedef int foo, bar, lose; | |
5134 | static foo (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */ | |
5135 | static int foo (lose); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */ | |
5136 | @end example | |
5137 | ||
5138 | Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration | |
5139 | construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''. | |
5140 | ||
5141 | As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with | |
5142 | all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in | |
5143 | which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a | |
5144 | declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the | |
5145 | duplication, with actions omitted for brevity: | |
5146 | ||
5147 | @example | |
5148 | initdcl: | |
5149 | declarator maybeasm '=' | |
5150 | init | |
5151 | | declarator maybeasm | |
5152 | ; | |
5153 | ||
5154 | notype_initdcl: | |
5155 | notype_declarator maybeasm '=' | |
5156 | init | |
5157 | | notype_declarator maybeasm | |
5158 | ; | |
5159 | @end example | |
5160 | ||
5161 | @noindent | |
5162 | Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl} | |
5163 | cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and | |
5164 | @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing. | |
5165 | ||
5166 | There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in | |
5167 | (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is | |
5168 | changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is | |
5169 | here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the | |
5170 | program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by | |
5171 | the syntactic context. | |
5172 | ||
5173 | @node Lexical Tie-ins | |
5174 | @section Lexical Tie-ins | |
5175 | @cindex lexical tie-in | |
5176 | ||
5177 | One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag | |
5178 | which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are | |
5179 | parsed. | |
5180 | ||
5181 | For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special | |
5182 | construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes | |
5183 | an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In | |
5184 | particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than | |
5185 | as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it: | |
5186 | ||
5187 | @example | |
5188 | @group | |
5189 | %@{ | |
5190 | int hexflag; | |
5191 | %@} | |
5192 | %% | |
5193 | @dots{} | |
5194 | @end group | |
5195 | @group | |
5196 | expr: IDENTIFIER | |
5197 | | constant | |
5198 | | HEX '(' | |
5199 | @{ hexflag = 1; @} | |
5200 | expr ')' | |
5201 | @{ hexflag = 0; | |
5202 | $$ = $4; @} | |
5203 | | expr '+' expr | |
5204 | @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @} | |
5205 | @dots{} | |
5206 | ; | |
5207 | @end group | |
5208 | ||
5209 | @group | |
5210 | constant: | |
5211 | INTEGER | |
5212 | | STRING | |
5213 | ; | |
5214 | @end group | |
5215 | @end example | |
5216 | ||
5217 | @noindent | |
5218 | Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when | |
5219 | it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting | |
5220 | with letters are parsed as integers if possible. | |
5221 | ||
5222 | The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file | |
5223 | is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}). | |
5224 | You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag. | |
5225 | ||
5226 | @node Tie-in Recovery | |
5227 | @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery | |
5228 | ||
5229 | Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have. | |
5230 | @xref{Error Recovery}. | |
5231 | ||
5232 | The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to | |
5233 | abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct. | |
5234 | For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip | |
5235 | tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this: | |
5236 | ||
5237 | @example | |
5238 | stmt: expr ';' | |
5239 | | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @} | |
5240 | @dots{} | |
5241 | error ';' | |
5242 | @{ hexflag = 0; @} | |
5243 | ; | |
5244 | @end example | |
5245 | ||
5246 | If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})} | |
5247 | construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the | |
5248 | completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would | |
5249 | remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex} | |
5250 | keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers. | |
5251 | ||
5252 | To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}. | |
5253 | ||
5254 | There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions. | |
5255 | For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses | |
5256 | and skips to the close-parenthesis: | |
5257 | ||
5258 | @example | |
5259 | @group | |
5260 | expr: @dots{} | |
5261 | | '(' expr ')' | |
5262 | @{ $$ = $2; @} | |
5263 | | '(' error ')' | |
5264 | @dots{} | |
5265 | @end group | |
5266 | @end example | |
5267 | ||
5268 | If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort | |
5269 | that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within | |
5270 | the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of | |
5271 | the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect. | |
5272 | ||
5273 | What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the | |
5274 | @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no | |
5275 | way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is | |
5276 | being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better | |
5277 | make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must | |
5278 | be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to | |
5279 | clear the flag. | |
5280 | ||
5281 | @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser | |
5282 | ||
5283 | @node Debugging | |
5284 | @chapter Debugging Your Parser | |
5285 | ||
5286 | Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't | |
5287 | understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser | |
5288 | Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton | |
5289 | can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or | |
5290 | tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it | |
5291 | behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}). | |
5292 | ||
5293 | @menu | |
5294 | * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser. | |
5295 | * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser. | |
5296 | @end menu | |
5297 | ||
5298 | @node Understanding | |
5299 | @section Understanding Your Parser | |
5300 | ||
5301 | As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}) | |
5302 | Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more | |
5303 | frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to | |
5304 | tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different | |
5305 | representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a @acronym{VCG} | |
5306 | file). | |
5307 | ||
5308 | The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or | |
5309 | @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking | |
5310 | Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from | |
5311 | the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead. | |
5312 | Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is | |
5313 | called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose | |
5314 | output file is called @file{foo.output}. | |
5315 | ||
5316 | The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel: | |
5317 | ||
5318 | @example | |
5319 | %token NUM STR | |
5320 | %left '+' '-' | |
5321 | %left '*' | |
5322 | %% | |
5323 | exp: exp '+' exp | |
5324 | | exp '-' exp | |
5325 | | exp '*' exp | |
5326 | | exp '/' exp | |
5327 | | NUM | |
5328 | ; | |
5329 | useless: STR; | |
5330 | %% | |
5331 | @end example | |
5332 | ||
5333 | @command{bison} reports: | |
5334 | ||
5335 | @example | |
5336 | calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule | |
5337 | calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless | |
5338 | calc.y:11.8-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR | |
5339 | calc.y contains 7 shift/reduce conflicts. | |
5340 | @end example | |
5341 | ||
5342 | When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it | |
5343 | creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The | |
5344 | order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the | |
5345 | interpretation is the same. | |
5346 | ||
5347 | The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks | |
5348 | to precedence and/or associativity: | |
5349 | ||
5350 | @example | |
5351 | Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce. | |
5352 | Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce. | |
5353 | Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift. | |
5354 | @exdent @dots{} | |
5355 | @end example | |
5356 | ||
5357 | @noindent | |
5358 | The next section lists states that still have conflicts. | |
5359 | ||
5360 | @example | |
5361 | State 8 contains 1 shift/reduce conflict. | |
5362 | State 9 contains 1 shift/reduce conflict. | |
5363 | State 10 contains 1 shift/reduce conflict. | |
5364 | State 11 contains 4 shift/reduce conflicts. | |
5365 | @end example | |
5366 | ||
5367 | @noindent | |
5368 | @cindex token, useless | |
5369 | @cindex useless token | |
5370 | @cindex nonterminal, useless | |
5371 | @cindex useless nonterminal | |
5372 | @cindex rule, useless | |
5373 | @cindex useless rule | |
5374 | The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless | |
5375 | nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser, | |
5376 | but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the | |
5377 | scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used'' | |
5378 | below): | |
5379 | ||
5380 | @example | |
5381 | Useless nonterminals: | |
5382 | useless | |
5383 | ||
5384 | Terminals which are not used: | |
5385 | STR | |
5386 | ||
5387 | Useless rules: | |
5388 | #6 useless: STR; | |
5389 | @end example | |
5390 | ||
5391 | @noindent | |
5392 | The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used: | |
5393 | ||
5394 | @example | |
5395 | Grammar | |
5396 | ||
5397 | Number, Line, Rule | |
5398 | 0 5 $accept -> exp $end | |
5399 | 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp | |
5400 | 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp | |
5401 | 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp | |
5402 | 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp | |
5403 | 5 9 exp -> NUM | |
5404 | @end example | |
5405 | ||
5406 | @noindent | |
5407 | and reports the uses of the symbols: | |
5408 | ||
5409 | @example | |
5410 | Terminals, with rules where they appear | |
5411 | ||
5412 | $end (0) 0 | |
5413 | '*' (42) 3 | |
5414 | '+' (43) 1 | |
5415 | '-' (45) 2 | |
5416 | '/' (47) 4 | |
5417 | error (256) | |
5418 | NUM (258) 5 | |
5419 | ||
5420 | Nonterminals, with rules where they appear | |
5421 | ||
5422 | $accept (8) | |
5423 | on left: 0 | |
5424 | exp (9) | |
5425 | on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4 | |
5426 | @end example | |
5427 | ||
5428 | @noindent | |
5429 | @cindex item | |
5430 | @cindex pointed rule | |
5431 | @cindex rule, pointed | |
5432 | Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state | |
5433 | with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each | |
5434 | item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.}) | |
5435 | that the input cursor. | |
5436 | ||
5437 | @example | |
5438 | state 0 | |
5439 | ||
5440 | $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0) | |
5441 | ||
5442 | NUM shift, and go to state 1 | |
5443 | ||
5444 | exp go to state 2 | |
5445 | @end example | |
5446 | ||
5447 | This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very | |
5448 | beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start | |
5449 | symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right | |
5450 | after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control | |
5451 | flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal | |
5452 | symbol, and the lookahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on | |
5453 | the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other | |
5454 | lookahead triggers a parse error.'' | |
5455 | ||
5456 | @cindex core, item set | |
5457 | @cindex item set core | |
5458 | @cindex kernel, item set | |
5459 | @cindex item set core | |
5460 | Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the | |
5461 | report lists @code{NUM} as a lookahead symbol because @code{NUM} can be | |
5462 | at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison | |
5463 | reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if | |
5464 | you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with | |
5465 | @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can | |
5466 | be derived: | |
5467 | ||
5468 | @example | |
5469 | state 0 | |
5470 | ||
5471 | $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0) | |
5472 | exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1) | |
5473 | exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2) | |
5474 | exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3) | |
5475 | exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4) | |
5476 | exp -> . NUM (rule 5) | |
5477 | ||
5478 | NUM shift, and go to state 1 | |
5479 | ||
5480 | exp go to state 2 | |
5481 | @end example | |
5482 | ||
5483 | @noindent | |
5484 | In the state 1... | |
5485 | ||
5486 | @example | |
5487 | state 1 | |
5488 | ||
5489 | exp -> NUM . (rule 5) | |
5490 | ||
5491 | $default reduce using rule 5 (exp) | |
5492 | @end example | |
5493 | ||
5494 | @noindent | |
5495 | the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the lookahead | |
5496 | (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from | |
5497 | state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will | |
5498 | jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}). | |
5499 | ||
5500 | @example | |
5501 | state 2 | |
5502 | ||
5503 | $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0) | |
5504 | exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1) | |
5505 | exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2) | |
5506 | exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3) | |
5507 | exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4) | |
5508 | ||
5509 | $ shift, and go to state 3 | |
5510 | '+' shift, and go to state 4 | |
5511 | '-' shift, and go to state 5 | |
5512 | '*' shift, and go to state 6 | |
5513 | '/' shift, and go to state 7 | |
5514 | @end example | |
5515 | ||
5516 | @noindent | |
5517 | In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance, | |
5518 | because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the lookahead if | |
5519 | @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton | |
5520 | control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp | |
5521 | '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than | |
5522 | those listed above will trigger a parse error. | |
5523 | ||
5524 | The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting | |
5525 | state}: | |
5526 | ||
5527 | @example | |
5528 | state 3 | |
5529 | ||
5530 | $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0) | |
5531 | ||
5532 | $default accept | |
5533 | @end example | |
5534 | ||
5535 | @noindent | |
5536 | the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end | |
5537 | of input were read), the parsing exits successfully. | |
5538 | ||
5539 | The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to | |
5540 | the reader. | |
5541 | ||
5542 | @example | |
5543 | state 4 | |
5544 | ||
5545 | exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1) | |
5546 | ||
5547 | NUM shift, and go to state 1 | |
5548 | ||
5549 | exp go to state 8 | |
5550 | ||
5551 | state 5 | |
5552 | ||
5553 | exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2) | |
5554 | ||
5555 | NUM shift, and go to state 1 | |
5556 | ||
5557 | exp go to state 9 | |
5558 | ||
5559 | state 6 | |
5560 | ||
5561 | exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3) | |
5562 | ||
5563 | NUM shift, and go to state 1 | |
5564 | ||
5565 | exp go to state 10 | |
5566 | ||
5567 | state 7 | |
5568 | ||
5569 | exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4) | |
5570 | ||
5571 | NUM shift, and go to state 1 | |
5572 | ||
5573 | exp go to state 11 | |
5574 | @end example | |
5575 | ||
5576 | As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 contains 1 | |
5577 | shift/reduce conflict}: | |
5578 | ||
5579 | @example | |
5580 | state 8 | |
5581 | ||
5582 | exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1) | |
5583 | exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1) | |
5584 | exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2) | |
5585 | exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3) | |
5586 | exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4) | |
5587 | ||
5588 | '*' shift, and go to state 6 | |
5589 | '/' shift, and go to state 7 | |
5590 | ||
5591 | '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)] | |
5592 | $default reduce using rule 1 (exp) | |
5593 | @end example | |
5594 | ||
5595 | Indeed, there are two actions associated to the lookahead @samp{/}: | |
5596 | either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The | |
5597 | conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks | |
5598 | information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is | |
5599 | ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the | |
5600 | sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM / | |
5601 | NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) / | |
5602 | NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1. | |
5603 | ||
5604 | Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison | |
5605 | arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, , | |
5606 | Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between | |
5607 | square brackets. | |
5608 | ||
5609 | Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either | |
5610 | shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or | |
5611 | reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting | |
5612 | @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are | |
5613 | possible, the lookahead is required to select the action. State 8 is | |
5614 | one such state: if the lookahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action | |
5615 | is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words, | |
5616 | the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the | |
5617 | lookahead is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher | |
5618 | precedence that @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only | |
5619 | with some set of possible lookaheads. When run with | |
5620 | @option{--report=lookahead}, Bison specifies these lookaheads: | |
5621 | ||
5622 | @example | |
5623 | state 8 | |
5624 | ||
5625 | exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1) | |
5626 | exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1) | |
5627 | exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2) | |
5628 | exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3) | |
5629 | exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4) | |
5630 | ||
5631 | '*' shift, and go to state 6 | |
5632 | '/' shift, and go to state 7 | |
5633 | ||
5634 | '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)] | |
5635 | $default reduce using rule 1 (exp) | |
5636 | @end example | |
5637 | ||
5638 | The remaining states are similar: | |
5639 | ||
5640 | @example | |
5641 | state 9 | |
5642 | ||
5643 | exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1) | |
5644 | exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2) | |
5645 | exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2) | |
5646 | exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3) | |
5647 | exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4) | |
5648 | ||
5649 | '*' shift, and go to state 6 | |
5650 | '/' shift, and go to state 7 | |
5651 | ||
5652 | '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)] | |
5653 | $default reduce using rule 2 (exp) | |
5654 | ||
5655 | state 10 | |
5656 | ||
5657 | exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1) | |
5658 | exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2) | |
5659 | exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3) | |
5660 | exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3) | |
5661 | exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4) | |
5662 | ||
5663 | '/' shift, and go to state 7 | |
5664 | ||
5665 | '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)] | |
5666 | $default reduce using rule 3 (exp) | |
5667 | ||
5668 | state 11 | |
5669 | ||
5670 | exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1) | |
5671 | exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2) | |
5672 | exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3) | |
5673 | exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4) | |
5674 | exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4) | |
5675 | ||
5676 | '+' shift, and go to state 4 | |
5677 | '-' shift, and go to state 5 | |
5678 | '*' shift, and go to state 6 | |
5679 | '/' shift, and go to state 7 | |
5680 | ||
5681 | '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)] | |
5682 | '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)] | |
5683 | '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)] | |
5684 | '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)] | |
5685 | $default reduce using rule 4 (exp) | |
5686 | @end example | |
5687 | ||
5688 | @noindent | |
5689 | Observe that state 11 contains conflicts due to the lack of precedence | |
5690 | of @samp{/} wrt @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and @samp{*}, but also because the | |
5691 | associativity of @samp{/} is not specified. | |
5692 | ||
5693 | ||
5694 | @node Tracing | |
5695 | @section Tracing Your Parser | |
5696 | @findex yydebug | |
5697 | @cindex debugging | |
5698 | @cindex tracing the parser | |
5699 | ||
5700 | If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it | |
5701 | runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why. | |
5702 | ||
5703 | There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities: | |
5704 | ||
5705 | @table @asis | |
5706 | @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG} | |
5707 | @findex YYDEBUG | |
5708 | Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the | |
5709 | parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use | |
5710 | @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define | |
5711 | YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The | |
5712 | Prologue}). | |
5713 | ||
5714 | @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug} | |
5715 | Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation, | |
5716 | ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too. | |
5717 | ||
5718 | @item the directive @samp{%debug} | |
5719 | @findex %debug | |
5720 | Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison | |
5721 | Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove | |
5722 | useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a | |
5723 | preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to | |
5724 | you, this is | |
5725 | the preferred solution. | |
5726 | @end table | |
5727 | ||
5728 | We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is | |
5729 | always possible. | |
5730 | ||
5731 | The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form | |
5732 | @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where | |
5733 | @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and | |
5734 | arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not | |
5735 | define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included | |
5736 | and @code{YYPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}. | |
5737 | ||
5738 | Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to | |
5739 | request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}. | |
5740 | You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or | |
5741 | you can alter the value with a C debugger. | |
5742 | ||
5743 | Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a | |
5744 | line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace | |
5745 | messages tell you these things: | |
5746 | ||
5747 | @itemize @bullet | |
5748 | @item | |
5749 | Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read. | |
5750 | ||
5751 | @item | |
5752 | Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the | |
5753 | state stack (@pxref{Parser States}). | |
5754 | ||
5755 | @item | |
5756 | Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents | |
5757 | of the state stack afterward. | |
5758 | @end itemize | |
5759 | ||
5760 | To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file | |
5761 | produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking | |
5762 | Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of | |
5763 | positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each | |
5764 | possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you | |
5765 | can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in | |
5766 | the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where | |
5767 | something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the | |
5768 | grammar are to blame. | |
5769 | ||
5770 | The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's | |
5771 | not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a | |
5772 | finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes | |
5773 | the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in | |
5774 | the grammar it is working. | |
5775 | ||
5776 | @findex YYPRINT | |
5777 | The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token | |
5778 | read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro | |
5779 | named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define | |
5780 | @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a | |
5781 | standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token | |
5782 | value (from @code{yylval}). | |
5783 | ||
5784 | Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function | |
5785 | calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}): | |
5786 | ||
5787 | @smallexample | |
5788 | #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) yyprint (file, type, value) | |
5789 | ||
5790 | static void | |
5791 | yyprint (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value) | |
5792 | @{ | |
5793 | if (type == VAR) | |
5794 | fprintf (file, " %s", value.tptr->name); | |
5795 | else if (type == NUM) | |
5796 | fprintf (file, " %d", value.val); | |
5797 | @} | |
5798 | @end smallexample | |
5799 | ||
5800 | @c ================================================= Invoking Bison | |
5801 | ||
5802 | @node Invocation | |
5803 | @chapter Invoking Bison | |
5804 | @cindex invoking Bison | |
5805 | @cindex Bison invocation | |
5806 | @cindex options for invoking Bison | |
5807 | ||
5808 | The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows: | |
5809 | ||
5810 | @example | |
5811 | bison @var{infile} | |
5812 | @end example | |
5813 | ||
5814 | Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in | |
5815 | @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y} | |
5816 | with @samp{.tab.c}. Thus, the @samp{bison foo.y} filename yields | |
5817 | @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} filename yields | |
5818 | @file{hack/foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing | |
5819 | C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp} | |
5820 | or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like | |
5821 | the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and | |
5822 | @file{foo.tab.c++}). | |
5823 | This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate filenames like | |
5824 | @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}. | |
5825 | ||
5826 | For example : | |
5827 | ||
5828 | @example | |
5829 | bison -d @var{infile.yxx} | |
5830 | @end example | |
5831 | @noindent | |
5832 | will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and | |
5833 | ||
5834 | @example | |
5835 | bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y} | |
5836 | @end example | |
5837 | @noindent | |
5838 | will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}. | |
5839 | ||
5840 | @menu | |
5841 | * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail, | |
5842 | in alphabetical order by short options. | |
5843 | * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options. | |
5844 | * VMS Invocation:: Bison command syntax on @acronym{VMS}. | |
5845 | @end menu | |
5846 | ||
5847 | @node Bison Options | |
5848 | @section Bison Options | |
5849 | ||
5850 | Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long | |
5851 | option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of | |
5852 | @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they | |
5853 | are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like | |
5854 | @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with | |
5855 | @samp{=}. | |
5856 | ||
5857 | Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by | |
5858 | short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long | |
5859 | option. | |
5860 | ||
5861 | @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'. | |
5862 | @noindent | |
5863 | Operations modes: | |
5864 | @table @option | |
5865 | @item -h | |
5866 | @itemx --help | |
5867 | Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit. | |
5868 | ||
5869 | @item -V | |
5870 | @itemx --version | |
5871 | Print the version number of Bison and exit. | |
5872 | ||
5873 | @need 1750 | |
5874 | @item -y | |
5875 | @itemx --yacc | |
5876 | Equivalent to @samp{-o y.tab.c}; the parser output file is called | |
5877 | @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and | |
5878 | @file{y.tab.h}. The purpose of this option is to imitate Yacc's output | |
5879 | file name conventions. Thus, the following shell script can substitute | |
5880 | for Yacc: | |
5881 | ||
5882 | @example | |
5883 | bison -y $* | |
5884 | @end example | |
5885 | @end table | |
5886 | ||
5887 | @noindent | |
5888 | Tuning the parser: | |
5889 | ||
5890 | @table @option | |
5891 | @item -S @var{file} | |
5892 | @itemx --skeleton=@var{file} | |
5893 | Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless | |
5894 | you are developing Bison. | |
5895 | ||
5896 | @item -t | |
5897 | @itemx --debug | |
5898 | In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not | |
5899 | already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled. | |
5900 | @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}. | |
5901 | ||
5902 | @item --locations | |
5903 | Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}. | |
5904 | ||
5905 | @item -p @var{prefix} | |
5906 | @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix} | |
5907 | Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified. | |
5908 | @xref{Decl Summary}. | |
5909 | ||
5910 | @item -l | |
5911 | @itemx --no-lines | |
5912 | Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file. | |
5913 | Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler | |
5914 | and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the | |
5915 | grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the | |
5916 | parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right. | |
5917 | ||
5918 | @item -n | |
5919 | @itemx --no-parser | |
5920 | Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}. | |
5921 | ||
5922 | @item -k | |
5923 | @itemx --token-table | |
5924 | Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}. | |
5925 | @end table | |
5926 | ||
5927 | @noindent | |
5928 | Adjust the output: | |
5929 | ||
5930 | @table @option | |
5931 | @item -d | |
5932 | @itemx --defines | |
5933 | Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output | |
5934 | file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in | |
5935 | the grammar and the semantic value type @code{YYSTYPE}, as well as a few | |
5936 | @code{extern} variable declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}. | |
5937 | ||
5938 | @item --defines=@var{defines-file} | |
5939 | Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}. | |
5940 | ||
5941 | @item -b @var{file-prefix} | |
5942 | @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix} | |
5943 | Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, specify prefix to use | |
5944 | for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}. | |
5945 | ||
5946 | @item -r @var{things} | |
5947 | @itemx --report=@var{things} | |
5948 | Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma | |
5949 | separated list of @var{things} among: | |
5950 | ||
5951 | @table @code | |
5952 | @item state | |
5953 | Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and | |
5954 | @acronym{LALR} automaton. | |
5955 | ||
5956 | @item lookahead | |
5957 | Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with | |
5958 | each rule's lookahead set. | |
5959 | ||
5960 | @item itemset | |
5961 | Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with | |
5962 | the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only. | |
5963 | @end table | |
5964 | ||
5965 | For instance, on the following grammar | |
5966 | ||
5967 | @item -v | |
5968 | @itemx --verbose | |
5969 | Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, write an extra output | |
5970 | file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and | |
5971 | parser. @xref{Decl Summary}. | |
5972 | ||
5973 | @item -o @var{filename} | |
5974 | @itemx --output=@var{filename} | |
5975 | Specify the @var{filename} for the parser file. | |
5976 | ||
5977 | The other output files' names are constructed from @var{filename} as | |
5978 | described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options. | |
5979 | ||
5980 | @item -g | |
5981 | Output a @acronym{VCG} definition of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar | |
5982 | automaton computed by Bison. If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the | |
5983 | @acronym{VCG} output file will | |
5984 | be @file{foo.vcg}. | |
5985 | ||
5986 | @item --graph=@var{graph-file} | |
5987 | The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only | |
5988 | difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of | |
5989 | the output graph filename. | |
5990 | @end table | |
5991 | ||
5992 | @node Option Cross Key | |
5993 | @section Option Cross Key | |
5994 | ||
5995 | Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find | |
5996 | the corresponding short option. | |
5997 | ||
5998 | @tex | |
5999 | \def\leaderfill{\leaders\hbox to 1em{\hss.\hss}\hfill} | |
6000 | ||
6001 | {\tt | |
6002 | \line{ --debug \leaderfill -t} | |
6003 | \line{ --defines \leaderfill -d} | |
6004 | \line{ --file-prefix \leaderfill -b} | |
6005 | \line{ --graph \leaderfill -g} | |
6006 | \line{ --help \leaderfill -h} | |
6007 | \line{ --name-prefix \leaderfill -p} | |
6008 | \line{ --no-lines \leaderfill -l} | |
6009 | \line{ --no-parser \leaderfill -n} | |
6010 | \line{ --output \leaderfill -o} | |
6011 | \line{ --token-table \leaderfill -k} | |
6012 | \line{ --verbose \leaderfill -v} | |
6013 | \line{ --version \leaderfill -V} | |
6014 | \line{ --yacc \leaderfill -y} | |
6015 | } | |
6016 | @end tex | |
6017 | ||
6018 | @ifinfo | |
6019 | @example | |
6020 | --debug -t | |
6021 | --defines=@var{defines-file} -d | |
6022 | --file-prefix=@var{prefix} -b @var{file-prefix} | |
6023 | --graph=@var{graph-file} -d | |
6024 | --help -h | |
6025 | --name-prefix=@var{prefix} -p @var{name-prefix} | |
6026 | --no-lines -l | |
6027 | --no-parser -n | |
6028 | --output=@var{outfile} -o @var{outfile} | |
6029 | --token-table -k | |
6030 | --verbose -v | |
6031 | --version -V | |
6032 | --yacc -y | |
6033 | @end example | |
6034 | @end ifinfo | |
6035 | ||
6036 | @node VMS Invocation | |
6037 | @section Invoking Bison under @acronym{VMS} | |
6038 | @cindex invoking Bison under @acronym{VMS} | |
6039 | @cindex @acronym{VMS} | |
6040 | ||
6041 | The command line syntax for Bison on @acronym{VMS} is a variant of the usual | |
6042 | Bison command syntax---adapted to fit @acronym{VMS} conventions. | |
6043 | ||
6044 | To find the @acronym{VMS} equivalent for any Bison option, start with the long | |
6045 | option, and substitute a @samp{/} for the leading @samp{--}, and | |
6046 | substitute a @samp{_} for each @samp{-} in the name of the long option. | |
6047 | For example, the following invocation under @acronym{VMS}: | |
6048 | ||
6049 | @example | |
6050 | bison /debug/name_prefix=bar foo.y | |
6051 | @end example | |
6052 | ||
6053 | @noindent | |
6054 | is equivalent to the following command under @acronym{POSIX}. | |
6055 | ||
6056 | @example | |
6057 | bison --debug --name-prefix=bar foo.y | |
6058 | @end example | |
6059 | ||
6060 | The @acronym{VMS} file system does not permit filenames such as | |
6061 | @file{foo.tab.c}. In the above example, the output file | |
6062 | would instead be named @file{foo_tab.c}. | |
6063 | ||
6064 | @c ================================================= Invoking Bison | |
6065 | ||
6066 | @node FAQ | |
6067 | @chapter Frequently Asked Questions | |
6068 | @cindex frequently asked questions | |
6069 | @cindex questions | |
6070 | ||
6071 | Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them | |
6072 | are addressed. | |
6073 | ||
6074 | @menu | |
6075 | * Parser Stack Overflow:: Breaking the Stack Limits | |
6076 | @end menu | |
6077 | ||
6078 | @node Parser Stack Overflow | |
6079 | @section Parser Stack Overflow | |
6080 | ||
6081 | @display | |
6082 | My parser returns with error with a @samp{parser stack overflow} | |
6083 | message. What can I do? | |
6084 | @end display | |
6085 | ||
6086 | This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion, | |
6087 | ,Recursive Rules}. | |
6088 | ||
6089 | @c ================================================= Table of Symbols | |
6090 | ||
6091 | @node Table of Symbols | |
6092 | @appendix Bison Symbols | |
6093 | @cindex Bison symbols, table of | |
6094 | @cindex symbols in Bison, table of | |
6095 | ||
6096 | @table @code | |
6097 | @item @@$ | |
6098 | In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule. | |
6099 | @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. | |
6100 | ||
6101 | @item @@@var{n} | |
6102 | In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand | |
6103 | side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. | |
6104 | ||
6105 | @item $$ | |
6106 | In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule. | |
6107 | @xref{Actions}. | |
6108 | ||
6109 | @item $@var{n} | |
6110 | In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the | |
6111 | right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}. | |
6112 | ||
6113 | @item $accept | |
6114 | The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start} | |
6115 | $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The | |
6116 | Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar. | |
6117 | ||
6118 | @item $end | |
6119 | The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be | |
6120 | used in the grammar. | |
6121 | ||
6122 | @item $undefined | |
6123 | The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by | |
6124 | @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use | |
6125 | @code{error}. | |
6126 | ||
6127 | @item error | |
6128 | A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in | |
6129 | grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in | |
6130 | the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence | |
6131 | containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a parse error, the | |
6132 | token @code{error} becomes the current look-ahead token. Actions | |
6133 | corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the look-ahead | |
6134 | token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation. | |
6135 | @xref{Error Recovery}. | |
6136 | ||
6137 | @item YYABORT | |
6138 | Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by | |
6139 | making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting | |
6140 | function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The | |
6141 | Parser Function @code{yyparse}}. | |
6142 | ||
6143 | @item YYACCEPT | |
6144 | Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been | |
6145 | read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately. | |
6146 | @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}. | |
6147 | ||
6148 | @item YYBACKUP | |
6149 | Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a look-ahead | |
6150 | token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}. | |
6151 | ||
6152 | @item YYDEBUG | |
6153 | Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing, | |
6154 | ,Tracing Your Parser}. | |
6155 | ||
6156 | @item YYERROR | |
6157 | Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call | |
6158 | @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible | |
6159 | (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make | |
6160 | @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}. | |
6161 | ||
6162 | @item YYERROR_VERBOSE | |
6163 | Macro that you define with @code{#define} in the Bison declarations | |
6164 | section to request verbose, specific error message strings when | |
6165 | @code{yyerror} is called. | |
6166 | ||
6167 | @item YYINITDEPTH | |
6168 | Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack. | |
6169 | @xref{Stack Overflow}. | |
6170 | ||
6171 | @item YYLEX_PARAM | |
6172 | Macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra arguments) for | |
6173 | @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling | |
6174 | Conventions for Pure Parsers}. | |
6175 | ||
6176 | @item YYLTYPE | |
6177 | Macro for the data type of @code{yylloc}; a structure with four | |
6178 | members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}. | |
6179 | ||
6180 | @item yyltype | |
6181 | Default value for YYLTYPE. | |
6182 | ||
6183 | @item YYMAXDEPTH | |
6184 | Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. | |
6185 | @xref{Stack Overflow}. | |
6186 | ||
6187 | @item YYPARSE_PARAM | |
6188 | Macro for specifying the name of a parameter that @code{yyparse} should | |
6189 | accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}. | |
6190 | ||
6191 | @item YYRECOVERING | |
6192 | Macro whose value indicates whether the parser is recovering from a | |
6193 | syntax error. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}. | |
6194 | ||
6195 | @item YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA | |
6196 | Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca}. If defined to @samp{0}, | |
6197 | the parser will not use @code{alloca} but @code{malloc} when trying to | |
6198 | grow its internal stacks. Do @emph{not} define @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} | |
6199 | to anything else. | |
6200 | ||
6201 | @item YYSTYPE | |
6202 | Macro for the data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default. | |
6203 | @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}. | |
6204 | ||
6205 | @item yychar | |
6206 | External integer variable that contains the integer value of the current | |
6207 | look-ahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within | |
6208 | @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable. | |
6209 | @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}. | |
6210 | ||
6211 | @item yyclearin | |
6212 | Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous | |
6213 | look-ahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}. | |
6214 | ||
6215 | @item yydebug | |
6216 | External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug} | |
6217 | is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input | |
6218 | symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}. | |
6219 | ||
6220 | @item yyerrok | |
6221 | Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode | |
6222 | after a parse error. @xref{Error Recovery}. | |
6223 | ||
6224 | @item yyerror | |
6225 | User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error. The | |
6226 | function receives one argument, a pointer to a character string | |
6227 | containing an error message. @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error | |
6228 | Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}. | |
6229 | ||
6230 | @item yylex | |
6231 | User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get | |
6232 | the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function | |
6233 | @code{yylex}}. | |
6234 | ||
6235 | @item yylval | |
6236 | External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic | |
6237 | value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local | |
6238 | variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to | |
6239 | @code{yylex}.) @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}. | |
6240 | ||
6241 | @item yylloc | |
6242 | External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column | |
6243 | numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local | |
6244 | variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to | |
6245 | @code{yylex}.) You can ignore this variable if you don't use the | |
6246 | @samp{@@} feature in the grammar actions. @xref{Token Positions, | |
6247 | ,Textual Positions of Tokens}. | |
6248 | ||
6249 | @item yynerrs | |
6250 | Global variable which Bison increments each time there is a parse error. | |
6251 | (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.) | |
6252 | @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}. | |
6253 | ||
6254 | @item yyparse | |
6255 | The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start | |
6256 | parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}. | |
6257 | ||
6258 | @item %debug | |
6259 | Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}. | |
6260 | ||
6261 | @item %defines | |
6262 | Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner. | |
6263 | @xref{Decl Summary}. | |
6264 | ||
6265 | @item %dprec | |
6266 | Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse | |
6267 | time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing | |
6268 | @acronym{GLR} Parsers}. | |
6269 | ||
6270 | @item %file-prefix="@var{prefix}" | |
6271 | Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl | |
6272 | Summary}. | |
6273 | ||
6274 | @item %glr-parser | |
6275 | Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR | |
6276 | Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}. | |
6277 | ||
6278 | @c @item %source-extension | |
6279 | @c Bison declaration to specify the generated parser output file extension. | |
6280 | @c @xref{Decl Summary}. | |
6281 | @c | |
6282 | @c @item %header-extension | |
6283 | @c Bison declaration to specify the generated parser header file extension | |
6284 | @c if required. @xref{Decl Summary}. | |
6285 | ||
6286 | @item %left | |
6287 | Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s). | |
6288 | @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}. | |
6289 | ||
6290 | @item %merge | |
6291 | Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a | |
6292 | reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the | |
6293 | function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result. | |
6294 | @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}. | |
6295 | ||
6296 | @item %name-prefix="@var{prefix}" | |
6297 | Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}. | |
6298 | ||
6299 | @item %no-lines | |
6300 | Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the | |
6301 | parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}. | |
6302 | ||
6303 | @item %nonassoc | |
6304 | Bison declaration to assign non-associativity to token(s). | |
6305 | @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}. | |
6306 | ||
6307 | @item %output="@var{filename}" | |
6308 | Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl | |
6309 | Summary}. | |
6310 | ||
6311 | @item %prec | |
6312 | Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule. | |
6313 | @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}. | |
6314 | ||
6315 | @item %pure-parser | |
6316 | Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser. | |
6317 | @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}. | |
6318 | ||
6319 | @item %right | |
6320 | Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s). | |
6321 | @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}. | |
6322 | ||
6323 | @item %start | |
6324 | Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The | |
6325 | Start-Symbol}. | |
6326 | ||
6327 | @item %token | |
6328 | Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence. | |
6329 | @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}. | |
6330 | ||
6331 | @item %token-table | |
6332 | Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file. | |
6333 | @xref{Decl Summary}. | |
6334 | ||
6335 | @item %type | |
6336 | Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl, | |
6337 | ,Nonterminal Symbols}. | |
6338 | ||
6339 | @item %union | |
6340 | Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic | |
6341 | values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}. | |
6342 | @end table | |
6343 | ||
6344 | @sp 1 | |
6345 | ||
6346 | These are the punctuation and delimiters used in Bison input: | |
6347 | ||
6348 | @table @samp | |
6349 | @item %% | |
6350 | Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the | |
6351 | Bison declarations section or the epilogue. | |
6352 | @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}. | |
6353 | ||
6354 | @item %@{ %@} | |
6355 | All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to | |
6356 | the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input | |
6357 | file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison | |
6358 | Grammar}. | |
6359 | ||
6360 | @item /*@dots{}*/ | |
6361 | Comment delimiters, as in C. | |
6362 | ||
6363 | @item : | |
6364 | Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of | |
6365 | Grammar Rules}. | |
6366 | ||
6367 | @item ; | |
6368 | Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}. | |
6369 | ||
6370 | @item | | |
6371 | Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal. | |
6372 | @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}. | |
6373 | @end table | |
6374 | ||
6375 | @node Glossary | |
6376 | @appendix Glossary | |
6377 | @cindex glossary | |
6378 | ||
6379 | @table @asis | |
6380 | @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'') | |
6381 | Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed | |
6382 | by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02 | |
6383 | committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report. | |
6384 | @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}. | |
6385 | ||
6386 | @item Context-free grammars | |
6387 | Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context. | |
6388 | Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an | |
6389 | expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is | |
6390 | permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free | |
6391 | Grammars}. | |
6392 | ||
6393 | @item Dynamic allocation | |
6394 | Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at | |
6395 | compile time or on entry to a function. | |
6396 | ||
6397 | @item Empty string | |
6398 | Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a | |
6399 | character string of length zero. | |
6400 | ||
6401 | @item Finite-state stack machine | |
6402 | A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at | |
6403 | each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the | |
6404 | machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the | |
6405 | machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being | |
6406 | parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar | |
6407 | rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}. | |
6408 | ||
6409 | @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) | |
6410 | A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those | |
6411 | that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's | |
6412 | usual @acronym{LALR}(1) | |
6413 | algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all | |
6414 | possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional | |
6415 | right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized | |
6416 | @acronym{LR} Parsing}. | |
6417 | ||
6418 | @item Grouping | |
6419 | A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible; | |
6420 | for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@. | |
6421 | @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}. | |
6422 | ||
6423 | @item Infix operator | |
6424 | An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it | |
6425 | performs some operation. | |
6426 | ||
6427 | @item Input stream | |
6428 | A continuous flow of data between devices or programs. | |
6429 | ||
6430 | @item Language construct | |
6431 | One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of | |
6432 | the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement. | |
6433 | @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}. | |
6434 | ||
6435 | @item Left associativity | |
6436 | Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right: | |
6437 | @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with | |
6438 | @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}. | |
6439 | ||
6440 | @item Left recursion | |
6441 | A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for | |
6442 | example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive | |
6443 | Rules}. | |
6444 | ||
6445 | @item Left-to-right parsing | |
6446 | Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from | |
6447 | left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}. | |
6448 | ||
6449 | @item Lexical analyzer (scanner) | |
6450 | A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one. | |
6451 | @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}. | |
6452 | ||
6453 | @item Lexical tie-in | |
6454 | A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way | |
6455 | tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}. | |
6456 | ||
6457 | @item Literal string token | |
6458 | A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}. | |
6459 | ||
6460 | @item Look-ahead token | |
6461 | A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead | |
6462 | Tokens}. | |
6463 | ||
6464 | @item @acronym{LALR}(1) | |
6465 | The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser | |
6466 | generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery | |
6467 | Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}. | |
6468 | ||
6469 | @item @acronym{LR}(1) | |
6470 | The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of | |
6471 | look-ahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input. | |
6472 | ||
6473 | @item Nonterminal symbol | |
6474 | A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can | |
6475 | be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other | |
6476 | words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}. | |
6477 | ||
6478 | @item Parse error | |
6479 | An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid | |
6480 | syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}. | |
6481 | ||
6482 | @item Parser | |
6483 | A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing | |
6484 | the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical | |
6485 | analyzer. | |
6486 | ||
6487 | @item Postfix operator | |
6488 | An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it | |
6489 | performs some operation. | |
6490 | ||
6491 | @item Reduction | |
6492 | Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single | |
6493 | nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison | |
6494 | Parser Algorithm}. | |
6495 | ||
6496 | @item Reentrant | |
6497 | A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any | |
6498 | number of times in parallel, without interference between the various | |
6499 | invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}. | |
6500 | ||
6501 | @item Reverse polish notation | |
6502 | A language in which all operators are postfix operators. | |
6503 | ||
6504 | @item Right recursion | |
6505 | A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for | |
6506 | example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive | |
6507 | Rules}. | |
6508 | ||
6509 | @item Semantics | |
6510 | In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions | |
6511 | taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of | |
6512 | each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}. | |
6513 | ||
6514 | @item Shift | |
6515 | A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing | |
6516 | further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some | |
6517 | already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}. | |
6518 | ||
6519 | @item Single-character literal | |
6520 | A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is. | |
6521 | @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}. | |
6522 | ||
6523 | @item Start symbol | |
6524 | The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in | |
6525 | the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the | |
6526 | first nonterminal symbol in a language specification. | |
6527 | @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}. | |
6528 | ||
6529 | @item Symbol table | |
6530 | A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored | |
6531 | during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing | |
6532 | information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}. | |
6533 | ||
6534 | @item Token | |
6535 | A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol | |
6536 | that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol. | |
6537 | The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from | |
6538 | the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}. | |
6539 | ||
6540 | @item Terminal symbol | |
6541 | A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is | |
6542 | grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token. | |
6543 | @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}. | |
6544 | @end table | |
6545 | ||
6546 | @node Copying This Manual | |
6547 | @appendix Copying This Manual | |
6548 | ||
6549 | @menu | |
6550 | * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual. | |
6551 | @end menu | |
6552 | ||
6553 | @include fdl.texi | |
6554 | ||
6555 | @node Index | |
6556 | @unnumbered Index | |
6557 | ||
6558 | @printindex cp | |
6559 | ||
6560 | @bye |